CROSS COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS INC
S-1, 1996-06-21
Previous: PROFIT FUNDS INVESTMENT TRUST, N-1A EL, 1996-06-21
Next: LIGHTBRIDGE INC, S-1, 1996-06-21



<PAGE>
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 21, 1996
 
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
                         ------------------------------
 
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
 
                       CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                            <C>
           DELAWARE                          5511                  75-2653096
 (State or other jurisdiction    (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
              of                 Classification Code Number)     Identification
incorporation or organization)                                      Number)
</TABLE>
 
                            1201 SOUTH TAYLOR STREET
                             AMARILLO, TEXAS 79101
                                 (806) 374-8653
              (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
        including area code, of registrants principal executive offices)
 
                                 ROBERT W. HALL
                              SENIOR VICE CHAIRMAN
                            1201 SOUTH TAYLOR STREET
                             AMARILLO, TEXAS 79101
                                 (806) 374-8653
           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
 
                         ------------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
         Philip K. Howard, Esq.                   Jerry V. Elliott, Esq.
         Howard, Darby & Levin                     Shearman & Sterling
      1330 Avenue of the Americas                  599 Lexington Avenue
        New York, New York 10019                 New York, New York 10022
             (212) 841-1000                           (212) 848-4000
 
                         ------------------------------
 
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT.
                         ------------------------------
 
    If  any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act  of
1933, check the following box.  / /
 
    If  this Form  is filed  to register  additional securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration statement  number  of  the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering.  / /
 
    If  this Form  is a post-effective  amendment filed pursuant  to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act,  check the following box  and list the Securities  Act
registration  statement number  of the earlier  effective registration statement
for the same offering.  / /
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected  to be made pursuant to Rule  434,
please check the following box.  / /
 
                         ------------------------------
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             PROPOSED MAXIMUM    PROPOSED MAXIMUM
              TITLES OF EACH CLASS OF                      AMOUNT TO          OFFERING PRICE        AGGREGATE
            SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED                BE REGISTERED (1)      PER SHARE (3)     OFFERING PRICE (3)
<S>                                                   <C>                   <C>                 <C>
Common Stock (par value $.01 per share).............  3,593,750 shares(2)         $17.00           $61,093,750
 
<CAPTION>
              TITLES OF EACH CLASS OF                     AMOUNT OF
            SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED                REGISTRATION FEE
<S>                                                   <C>
Common Stock (par value $.01 per share).............       $21,067
</TABLE>
 
(1) Includes 468,750 shares that the Underwriters have the option to purchase to
    cover over-allotments, if any.
(2) Rights  to purchase  Junior Preferred Stock  of the Company,  which also are
    being registered hereunder, will be issued  in a number equal to the  shares
    of Common Stock to be issued for no additional consideration and, therefore,
    no registration fee is required therefor. Prior to the occurrence of certain
    events, such rights will not be exercisable or evidenced separately from the
    Common  Stock. When exercisable, each such  right shall entitle the owner to
    purchase from the Company one-one hundredth  of a share of Junior  Preferred
    Stock.
(3) Estimated  solely for  the purpose  of calculating  the registration  fee in
    accordance with Rule 457.
 
                         ------------------------------
 
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE  OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE  A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  THAT  SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE  IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A)  OF
THE  SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION  8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                       CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
                             CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM NUMBER AND HEADING IN FORM S-1                          CAPTION OR LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
- ----------------------------------------------------   ---------------------------------------------
<C>    <S>                                             <C>
  1.   Forepart of the Registration Statement and
        Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus......   Outside Front Cover Page
 
  2.   Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
        Prospectus..................................   Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
                                                        Prospectus
 
  3.   Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio
        of Earnings to Fixed Charges................   Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors
 
  4.   Use of Proceeds..............................   Use of Proceeds
 
  5.   Determination of Offering Price..............   Underwriters
 
  6.   Dilution.....................................   Dilution
 
  7.   Selling Security Holders.....................   Management; Certain Transactions; Principal
                                                        Stockholders
 
  8.   Plan of Distribution.........................   Underwriters
 
  9.   Description of Securities to be Registered...   Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus;
                                                        Description of Capital Stock
 
 10.   Interests of Named Experts and Counsel.......   *
 
 11.   Information with Respect to the Registrant...   Outside Front Cover Page; Prospectus Summary;
                                                        Risk Factors; Dividend Policy;
                                                        Capitalization; Selected Combined Financial
                                                        Data; Pro Forma Combined Financial Data;
                                                        Management's Discussion and Analysis of
                                                        Financial Condition and Results of
                                                        Operations; Business; Management; Principal
                                                        Stockholders; Certain Transactions;
                                                        Description of Capital Stock; Shares
                                                        Eligible for Future Sale; Financial
                                                        Statements
 
 12.   Disclosure of Commission Position on
        Indemnification for Securities Act
        Liabilities.................................   *
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
*Item is inapplicable or response thereto is in the negative.
<PAGE>
Information   contained  herein  is  subject   to  completion  or  amendment.  A
registration statement  relating to  these securities  has been  filed with  the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission. These securities  may not be  sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior  to the time the registration statement  becomes
effective.  This  prospectus  shall  not  constitute an  offer  to  sell  or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these  securities
in  any State in which such offer,  solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS (SUBJECT TO COMPLETION)
ISSUED        , 1996
 
                                3,125,000 SHARES
                       CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
                                  COMMON STOCK
                             ---------------------
 
ALL OF THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY ARE BEING SOLD BY CROSS-COUNTRY
AUTO RETAILERS, INC.  PRIOR TO  THIS OFFERING,  THERE HAS  BEEN NO  PUBLIC
      MARKET  FOR THE  COMMON STOCK.  IT IS  CURRENTLY ESTIMATED  THAT THE
      INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE PER SHARE WILL BE BETWEEN $15 AND
           $17. SEE "UNDERWRITERS"  FOR A DISCUSSION  OF THE  FACTORS
           CONSIDERED                IN DETERMINING THE INITIAL
                             PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE.
 
                         ------------------------------
 
     APPLICATION HAS BEEN MADE FOR LISTING THE COMMON STOCK ON THE NEW YORK
                     STOCK EXCHANGE UNDER THE SYMBOL "XCA".
 
                         ------------------------------
 
       SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 8 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN
          FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS.
                            ------------------------
    THESE SECURITIES  HAVE  NOT  BEEN  APPROVED  OR  DISAPPROVED  BY  THE
       SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE COMMISSION  OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES
           COMMISSION  NOR  HAS   THE  SECURITIES  AND   EXCHANGE
               COMMISSION  OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
                   PASSED UPON  THE ACCURACY  OR ADEQUACY  OF
                   THIS  PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO
                      THE    CONTRARY  IS  A  CRIMINAL
                                    OFFENSE.
                            ------------------------
 
                              PRICE $     A SHARE
                            ------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     UNDERWRITING
                                                                       PRICE TO      DISCOUNTS AND   PROCEEDS TO
                                                                        PUBLIC      COMMISSIONS (1)  COMPANY (2)
                                                                    --------------  ---------------  ------------
<S>                                                                 <C>             <C>              <C>
PER SHARE.........................................................        $                $              $
TOTAL (3).........................................................  $               $                $
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1)  CROSS-COUNTRY  AUTO AND THE  SELLING STOCKHOLDERS HAVE  AGREED TO INDEMNIFY
     THE UNDERWRITERS AGAINST CERTAIN  LIABILITIES, INCLUDING LIABILITIES  UNDER
     THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. SEE "UNDERWRITERS."
 
(2)  BEFORE  DEDUCTING EXPENSES, PAYABLE BY CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO ESTIMATED AT $1.4
     MILLION.
 
(3)  CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS  OF  THE  COMPANY (THE  "SELLING  STOCKHOLDERS")  HAVE
     GRANTED  TO THE UNDERWRITERS  AN OPTION, EXERCISABLE WITHIN  30 DAYS OF THE
     DATE HEREOF, TO PURCHASE UP TO AN AGGREGATE OF 468,750 ADDITIONAL SHARES OF
     COMMON STOCK AT THE PRICE TO PUBLIC SHOWN ABOVE LESS UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS
     AND COMMISSIONS FOR THE PURPOSE OF COVERING OVER-ALLOTMENTS, IF ANY. IF THE
     UNDERWRITERS EXERCISE  SUCH OPTION  IN  FULL, THE  TOTAL PRICE  TO  PUBLIC,
     UNDERWRITING  DISCOUNTS AND  PROCEEDS TO  THE SELLING  STOCKHOLDERS WILL BE
     $      , $      AND $      , RESPECTIVELY. SEE "PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS" AND
     "UNDERWRITERS."
 
                         ------------------------------
 
    THE SHARES ARE OFFERED, SUBJECT TO PRIOR  SALE, WHEN, AS AND IF ACCEPTED  BY
THE  UNDERWRITERS NAMED HEREIN AND SUBJECT  TO APPROVAL OF CERTAIN LEGAL MATTERS
BY SHEARMAN & STERLING,  COUNSEL FOR THE UNDERWRITERS.  IT IS EXPECTED THAT  THE
DELIVERY  OF THE SHARES WILL  BE MADE ON OR  ABOUT                , 1996, AT THE
OFFICE OF MORGAN  STANLEY & CO.  INCORPORATED, NEW YORK,  N.Y., AGAINST  PAYMENT
THEREFOR IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS.
                            ------------------------
 
MORGAN STANLEY & CO.
       INCORPORATED
           FURMAN SELZ
 
                                                   RAUSCHER PIERCE REFSNES, INC.
 
           , 1996
<PAGE>
                                 [Photographs]
<PAGE>
    NO  PERSON IS AUTHORIZED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OFFERING MADE HEREBY TO GIVE
ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY  REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS  PROSPECTUS
AND,  IF GIVEN OR  MADE, SUCH INFORMATION  OR REPRESENTATION MUST  NOT BE RELIED
UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY  THE COMPANY, THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS OR  ANY
UNDERWRITER.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  DOES  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL,  OR A
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO  BUY, ANY SECURITY OTHER  THAN THE SHARES OF  COMMON
STOCK  OFFERED HEREBY, NOR DOES IT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION
OF AN  OFFER  TO  BUY  ANY  SECURITIES OFFERED  HEREBY  TO  ANY  PERSON  IN  ANY
JURISDICTION  IN WHICH IT IS  UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH  AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION TO
SUCH PERSON. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER
SHALL UNDER  ANY  CIRCUMSTANCES  CREATE ANY  IMPLICATION  THAT  THE  INFORMATION
CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY DATE SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.
                            ------------------------
 
    UNTIL               , 1996 (25 DAYS AFTER  THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING
IN THIS DISTRIBUTION,  MAY BE REQUIRED  TO DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS. THIS  DELIVERY
REQUIREMENT  IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS
WHEN ACTING  AS UNDERWRITERS  AND WITH  RESPECT TO  THEIR UNSOLD  ALLOTMENTS  OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Prospectus Summary.........................................................................................           4
Risk Factors...............................................................................................           8
Use of Proceeds............................................................................................          11
Dividend Policy............................................................................................          11
Capitalization.............................................................................................          12
Dilution...................................................................................................          13
Selected Combined Financial Data...........................................................................          14
Pro Forma Combined Financial Data..........................................................................          15
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations......................          18
Business...................................................................................................          28
Management.................................................................................................          40
Principal Stockholders.....................................................................................          43
Certain Transactions.......................................................................................          44
Description of Capital Stock...............................................................................          45
Shares Eligible for Future Sale............................................................................          48
Underwriters...............................................................................................          50
Legal Matters..............................................................................................          51
Experts....................................................................................................          51
Available Information......................................................................................          51
Index to Financial Information.............................................................................         F-1
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
    IN  CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK AT
A LEVEL  ABOVE THAT  WHICH MIGHT  OTHERWISE  PREVAIL IN  THE OPEN  MARKET.  SUCH
TRANSACTIONS   MAY  BE  EFFECTED  ON  THE   NEW  YORK  STOCK  EXCHANGE,  IN  THE
OVER-THE-COUNTER MARKET OR  OTHERWISE. SUCH  STABILIZING, IF  COMMENCED, MAY  BE
DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
    This  Prospectus includes  statistical data regarding  the retail automobile
industry. Unless otherwise indicated herein, such data is taken or derived  from
information  published  by  the  Industry  Analysis  Division  of  the  National
Automobile Dealers Association ("NADA") in its INDUSTRY ANALYSIS AND OUTLOOK AND
AUTOMOTIVE EXECUTIVE MAGAZINE publications.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE  FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO THE MORE
DETAILED INFORMATION AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, INCLUDING THE  NOTES
THERETO,  APPEARING ELSEWHERE  IN THIS PROSPECTUS.  PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD
CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE FACTORS SET FORTH HEREIN UNDER THE CAPTION "RISK FACTORS"
AND  ARE  URGED  TO  READ  THIS  PROSPECTUS  IN  ITS  ENTIRETY.  REFERENCES   TO
"CROSS-COUNTRY  AUTO" OR THE "COMPANY" ARE TO CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
AND, UNLESS THE CONTEXT INDICATES  OTHERWISE, ITS CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES  AND
THEIR  RESPECTIVE  PREDECESSORS. REFERENCES  IN THIS  PROSPECTUS TO  THE "COMMON
STOCK" MEAN  THE  COMMON  STOCK, PAR  VALUE  $.01  PER SHARE,  OF  THE  COMPANY;
REFERENCES  TO THE "OFFERING" MEAN THE OFFERING OF COMMON STOCK MADE HEREBY; AND
REFERENCES TO "SHARES" MEAN  THE SHARES OF COMMON  STOCK OFFERED HEREBY.  UNLESS
OTHERWISE   INDICATED,   ALL  INFORMATION   IN   THIS  PROSPECTUS   ASSUMES  THE
UNDERWRITERS' OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION IS NOT EXERCISED.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    The Company owns and operates  six franchised automobile dealerships in  the
Amarillo,  Texas and Oklahoma City, Oklahoma markets. Through these dealerships,
the Company sells new and used cars and light trucks, arranges related financing
and insurance,  sells replacement  parts and  provides vehicle  maintenance  and
repair services.
 
    The  Company's founder and  Chief Executive Officer,  Bill A. Gilliland, has
managed automobile  dealerships  since 1966  and  acquired the  Company's  first
dealership, Quality Nissan, Inc. in Amarillo, in 1982. The Company continued its
growth  in the  Amarillo area by  acquiring three Chevrolet  dealerships, two of
which have been in continuous operation (under various owners) since the  1920s.
The  Company  is the  exclusive  Chevrolet and  Nissan  dealer in  Amarillo. The
Company led the Amarillo  market in vehicle unit  sales in 1995, accounting  for
approximately  36% of new vehicle unit sales and 25% of used vehicle unit sales.
In 1995, the Company entered the Oklahoma City market through the acquisition of
a Nissan dealership  in February  and a Dodge  dealership in  December. In  June
1996, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase another Dodge dealership
located  in the Oklahoma City market (the  "Dodge Acquisition"), which is one of
the largest Dodge dealerships in the  United States. With this acquisition,  the
Company believes that, based on pro forma revenue, it would have been one of the
50  largest dealer groups  out of more  than 15,000 dealer  groups nationwide in
1995.
 
    The Company has demonstrated historical success in acquiring and integrating
dealerships, and  acquisitions  remain an  important  element of  the  Company's
growth   strategy.  According  to  AUTOMOTIVE  NEWS  the  number  of  franchised
dealerships has  declined  from  36,336  in 1960  to  22,288  in  1996.  Further
consolidation  of automobile dealers is anticipated  due to a number of factors,
including increased capital  requirements for  dealerships, the  fact that  many
dealerships  are owned by  individuals nearing retirement age  and the desire of
certain automakers to  strengthen their  brand identity  by consolidating  their
franchised  dealerships.  The Company  believes that  an opportunity  exists for
dealership  groups  with  significant  equity  capital  to  purchase  additional
franchises  and  that being  able  to offer  prospective  sellers tax-advantaged
transactions  through  the  use  of  publicly  traded  stock  will,  in  certain
instances, make Cross-Country Auto a more attractive acquiror.
 
    As   a  result  of  the  Company's  business  strategy  and  growth  through
acquisitions, including  the full  year  effect of  the dealership  acquired  in
December  1995,  the Company's  sales increased  from $74.9  million in  1991 to
$294.7 million in  1995. The  Company believes  that its  business strategy  and
operations  have also enabled it to achieve a level of profitability superior to
the industry average.  In 1995,  the Company's  gross profit  margin was  15.9%,
compared to the industry average of 12.9%.
 
OPERATING STRATEGY
 
    The Company's strategy includes:
 
    EFFECTIVELY   SERVING  ITS   TARGET  CUSTOMERS.     The  Company's  existing
dealerships, which together offer  the complete lines  of Chevrolet, Nissan  and
Dodge  vehicles,  focus  primarily on  middle-income  buyers  seeking moderately
priced  vehicles  that  can  be  financed  with  relatively  affordable  monthly
payments.  The  Company  believes that  working  closely with  its  customers to
identify  appropriate  vehicles  and  offering  suitable  financing  and  credit
insurance  products enhances  the Company's overall  profitability by increasing
the
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
percentage of vehicle purchases financed through its dealerships and by reducing
the subsequent default rate  on such financing contracts.  In 1995, the  Company
arranged financing for approximately 76% of its new vehicle sales and 83% of its
used  vehicle sales, as compared  to 42% and 51%,  respectively, for the average
automobile dealership in the United States.
 
    OPERATING MULTIPLE DEALERSHIPS IN SELECTED  MARKETS.  By operating  multiple
dealerships  within individual  markets, the Company  seeks to  become a leading
automotive dealer  in each  market that  it serves.  This strategy  enables  the
Company  to  achieve economies  of scale  in advertising,  inventory management,
management information systems and corporate overhead. In 1995, the Company  was
the  market share leader in the  Amarillo vicinity, accounting for approximately
28% of the new car market and 46% of the new truck market. In Oklahoma City, the
combined market shares  in 1995  for the  Company's two  existing Oklahoma  City
dealerships   were  approximately  2%  and  7%  of  new  car  and  truck  sales,
respectively. The Company estimates that,  including the Dodge Acquisition,  the
Company's  combined market shares in Oklahoma City would have been 4% of the new
car market and 15% of the new truck market in 1995.
 
    MAINTAINING DISCIPLINED  INVENTORY MANAGEMENT.   The  Company believes  that
maintaining  a vehicle mix that matches  market demand is critical to dealership
profitability. The  Company's policy  is  to maintain  a  60-day supply  of  new
vehicles  and a  39-day supply  of used  vehicles. If  a new  vehicle remains in
inventory for 120 days,  or a used  vehicle for 60  days, the Company  typically
disposes  of the  vehicle by  selling it  to another  dealer or  wholesaler. The
Company believes that this policy enhances profitability by increasing inventory
turnover and reducing carrying costs. If the Company cannot obtain a  sufficient
supply  of  popular  models  from the  manufacturers,  it  purchases  the needed
vehicles from  other  franchised  dealers  throughout  the  United  States.  For
example, because Chevrolet trucks are popular in Amarillo, the Company purchases
trucks  from Chevrolet dealers  in other cities to  supplement its allocation of
trucks from  Chevrolet. In  managing  its used  vehicle inventory,  the  Company
attempts  to "mirror the market"  by tracking new and  used vehicle sales within
its region and maintaining an inventory mix that matches consumer demand.
 
    EMPLOYING PROFIT-BASED MANAGEMENT COMPENSATION.   Cross-Country Auto uses  a
management compensation system that differentiates it from most other automobile
dealerships.  The Company believes that at many other auto dealerships the heads
of each sales department (new vehicles, used vehicles and finance and  insurance
("F&I"))  are compensated based  on the profitability or  sales volumes of their
own departments.  This method  of compensation  does not  encourage  cooperation
among  departments and  can affect overall  profitability of  the dealership. At
Cross-Country Auto, each  dealership's general  manager and  sales managers  are
trained  in  F&I analysis  and  receive bonuses  based  on the  profitability of
overall vehicle sales  and related F&I  income. The Company  believes that  this
compensation  system promotes  teamwork and  encourages each  management team to
maximize overall profitability.
 
    UTILIZING TECHNOLOGY THROUGHOUT  OPERATIONS.  The  Company believes that  it
has   achieved   a  competitive   advantage  in   its  markets   by  integrating
computer-based systems  into all  aspects of  its operations.  The Company  uses
computer-based  technology to monitor each dealership's gross profit, permitting
senior management  to gauge  each dealership's  daily and  monthly gross  margin
"pace"  and to quickly identify areas requiring additional focus. Sales managers
also utilize  a  computer system  to  design  for each  customer  an  affordable
financing  and insurance  package that maximizes  the Company's  total profit on
each transaction. Computer technology is also an integral part of the  inventory
management system for new and used vehicles and vehicle parts.
 
    ACHIEVING HIGH LEVELS OF CUSTOMER SATISFACTION.  Customer satisfaction and a
dealer's reputation for fairness are key competitive factors and are crucial for
establishing  long-term customer loyalty. Cross-Country  Auto's sales process is
intended to satisfy customers by providing high-quality vehicles that  customers
can  afford. A customer's  experience with the parts  and service departments at
the Company's dealerships  can also positively  influence overall  satisfaction.
The  Company strives  to train  its service  managers as  professionals, employs
state-of-the-art service equipment,  maintains a  computer-managed inventory  of
replacement  parts,  and provides  clean service  and  waiting areas  to enhance
customers' post-sale experience.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
GROWTH STRATEGY
 
    The  Company  intends  to  expand  its  business  by  acquiring   additional
dealerships  and seeks to improve  their profitability through implementation of
the Company's business strategies. The Company believes that its management team
has considerable experience in  evaluating potential acquisition candidates  and
determining  whether a particular dealership can be successfully integrated into
the  Company's  existing  operations.  Based  on  trends  affecting   automobile
dealerships,  the Company also believes that an increasing number of acquisition
opportunities will become available to the Company.
 
    Although it  plans  to evaluate  acquisition  candidates on  a  case-by-case
basis,  the Company intends to make acquisitions primarily in selected cities in
the Western and  Southern regions  of the United  States where  there are  fewer
dealerships  relative to the  size of the population  than the national average.
Although it may pursue other acquisition opportunities, as part of its  strategy
to  acquire a leading market share in a given area, the Company intends to focus
its efforts on dealer groups that own  multiple franchises in a single city,  as
well  as on large, single-dealer franchises possessing significant market share.
Other criteria for evaluating potential  acquisitions will include a  dealership
or dealer group's current profitability, the quality of its management team, its
local  reputation with customers and its location along an interstate highway or
principal thoroughfare.
 
    Upon completion  of each  acquisition, the  Company plans  to implement  its
sales   methods  and   philosophy,  computer-supported   management  system  and
profit-based compensation plan in an effort to enhance the acquired dealership's
overall profitability.  Cross-Country Auto  intends to  focus initially  on  any
underperforming departments within the acquired entity that the Company believes
may yield the most rapid marginal improvements in operating results. The Company
anticipates  that  it will  take two  to  three years  to integrate  an acquired
dealership into the  Company's operations and  realize the full  benefit of  the
Company's  strategies and systems. There can  be no assurance, however, that the
profitability of any acquired dealership will equal that achieved to date by the
Company's existing  dealerships.  See "Risk  Factors  -- Risks  Associated  with
Expansion."
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
Common Stock offered..............  3,125,000 shares (1)
Common Stock to be outstanding
  after the Offering..............  13,250,000 shares (2)
Use of proceeds...................  The net proceeds of the Offering will be used to finance
                                    the  Dodge  Acquisition and  future  acquisitions, repay
                                    debt and provide  cash for working  capital and  general
                                    corporate purposes.
New York Stock Exchange symbol....  XCA
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1)  Does  not include up to an aggregate of  468,750 Shares that may be sold by
     the Selling  Stockholders  pursuant  to  the  Underwriters'  over-allotment
     option. See "Principal Stockholders" and "Underwriters."
 
(2)  Excludes  (i) 1,325,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for future issuance
     under Cross-Country  Auto's  stock  option plan,  including  an  option  to
     purchase  6,250 shares  of Common  Stock that  will be  granted immediately
     before the completion of the Offering  with an exercise price equal to  the
     initial  public  offering price  and (ii)  127,588  shares of  Common Stock
     issuable upon the  exercise of other  options that have  an exercise  price
     equal to the initial public offering price. See "Management -- Stock Option
     Plan" and "Certain Transactions."
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
                        SUMMARY COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The  following  summary historical  and  pro forma  combined  financial data
should be  read in  conjunction with  "Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of
Financial   Condition  and  Results  of   Operations,"  the  Combined  Financial
Statements of  the  Company  and  the related  notes  and  "Pro  Forma  Combined
Financial Data" included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                  FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                          MARCH 31,
                                ------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------
                                                                                           PRO
                                                       ACTUAL                           FORMA (1)          ACTUAL
                                -----------------------------------------------------  -----------  ---------------------
                                  1991       1992       1993       1994       1995        1995        1995        1996
                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ----------
                                                          (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Total revenues................  $  74,925  $ 125,183  $ 165,364  $ 181,768  $ 236,194   $ 294,722   $  50,067  $   71,229
Gross profit..................     10,839     18,502     25,738     28,322     37,492      45,363       7,618      11,333
Operating income (2)..........      2,355      3,369      5,016      5,683      6,593      11,068(3)     1,219      3,443(3)
Net income....................        849        956      1,995      2,382      2,195       5,724         322       1,555
Net income per share (4)......                                                         $     0.43
Weighted average shares
 outstanding (4)..............                                                             13,234
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                   PRO
                                FORMA (1)
                                ----------
                                   1996
                                ----------
 
<S>                             <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Total revenues................  $   71,229
Gross profit..................      11,333
Operating income (2)..........       3,221(3)
Net income....................       1,729
Net income per share (4)......  $     0.13
Weighted average shares
 outstanding (4)..............      13,234
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        AS OF
                                                                                                    MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                      AS OF      --------------------
                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,                 PRO
                                                                                      1995        ACTUAL      FORMA
                                                                                  -------------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                               <C>            <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital.................................................................    $     536    $   1,595  $  46,695
Total assets....................................................................       83,407       78,539     93,239
Long-term debt..................................................................       11,859       11,533     11,533
Stockholders' equity............................................................        7,101        8,656     53,756
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1)  For  information regarding the pro forma  adjustments made to the Company's
     historical financial data, see "Pro Forma Combined Financial Data."
 
(2)  Operating income is defined as income before income taxes, interest  income
     and interest expense.
 
(3)  Prior  to  1996 the  Company paid  the  Gilliland Group  Family Partnership
     ("GGFP") an annual management fee  for executive management services.  This
     fee was generally based upon profits earned by the Company and the level of
     management  services rendered by GGFP. As of January 1, 1996 the Company no
     longer pays management  fees to GGFP.  Management fees for  the year  ended
     December  31,  1995,  and  for  the  three  months  ended  March  31,  1995
     approximated $4.3 million and $0.8 million, respectively. See "Management's
     Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of  Operations,"
     "Certain  Transactions" and Note 17 to  the Notes to the Combined Financial
     Statements.
 
(4)  Historical earnings per share are  not presented as the historical  capital
     structure of the Company prior to the Reorganization (as defined below) and
     the  Offering is not comparable with  the capital structure that will exist
     subsequent to these events. Pro forma earnings per share are based upon the
     assumption that 13,234,000 shares of Common Stock are outstanding for  each
     period.  This amount represents the total number  of Shares to be issued in
     the Offering (3,125,000), the number of shares of Common Stock owned by the
     Company's stockholders immediately following the Reorganization (9,821,250)
     and the number of  common stock equivalents  (288,125) relating to  303,750
     shares  of Common Stock to be issued to Mr. Ezra P. Mager for $250,000. See
     "Certain Transactions"  and Note  15  to the  Notes to  Combined  Financial
     Statements.
 
    CROSS-COUNTRY  AUTO WAS FORMED  IN MAY 1996  AND IN JUNE  1996 ACQUIRED (THE
"REORGANIZATION") ALL OF  THE CAPITAL  STOCK OF MIDWAY  CHEVROLET, INC.,  PLAINS
CHEVROLET,  INC., WESTGATE  CHEVROLET, INC.,  QUALITY NISSAN,  INC., PERFORMANCE
NISSAN, INC.,  PERFORMANCE DODGE,  INC.,  WORKING MAN'S  CREDIT PLAN,  INC.  AND
ALLIED  2000 COLLISION CENTER, INC. ALL OF THESE SUBSIDIARIES WERE CONTROLLED BY
MR. BILL A. GILLILAND PRIOR TO THE REORGANIZATION. MR. GILLILAND WILL REMAIN THE
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDER OF CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING THE  OFFERING.
SEE "CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS" AND "PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS."
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    PROSPECTIVE  INVESTORS  SHOULD CAREFULLY  CONSIDER AND  EVALUATE ALL  OF THE
INFORMATION SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS,  INCLUDING THE RISK FACTORS SET  FORTH
BELOW.
 
COMPETITION
 
    Automobile  retailing  is a  highly  competitive business  with  over 22,000
franchised automobile dealerships in the United States at the beginning of 1996.
The Company's  competition includes  auto dealers  selling the  same or  similar
makes of new and used vehicles offered by the Company, sometimes at lower prices
than  those of the Company.  Gross profit margins on  sales of new vehicles have
been declining since 1980, and the used car market faces increasing  competition
from  non-traditional outlets  such as  used-car "superstores,"  which use sales
techniques such as  one price shopping,  and the Internet.  Several groups  have
recently  announced  plans  to  establish nationwide  networks  of  used vehicle
superstores. "No negotiation" sales methods are also being tried for new cars by
at least one  of these superstores  and by  dealers for the  Saturn Division  of
General  Motors Corporation ("General Motors" or "GM"). The increased popularity
of leasing  cars also  has resulted,  as the  leases have  expired, in  a  large
increase  in the  number of  late model  vehicles available  in the  market from
sources  other  than  franchised  dealers.  As  the  Company  seeks  to  acquire
dealerships  in new markets, it may face significant competition (including from
other large dealer groups) as it strives  to gain market share. The Company  has
the leading position in the Amarillo market, and the Company's gross margins may
decline  over time as it  expands into markets where it  does not have a leading
position. These  and  other competitive  pressures  could adversely  affect  the
Company's results of operations.
 
DEPENDENCE ON AUTOMAKERS
 
    As  a franchised dealer,  the Company's success  depends upon the popularity
and availability  of vehicles  it  is authorized  to  sell. For  example,  light
trucks,  in general, and the Chevrolet Suburban and Tahoe models, in particular,
are currently popular  with consumers in  the Amarillo market,  and the  Company
typically earns a higher gross profit margin on new trucks than on many new cars
sold  by the  Company. If  consumer preferences for  these models  change or the
Company is unable to obtain a sufficient supply of these vehicles, the Company's
sales could  decline  and  its  results could  be  adversely  affected.  Because
approximately  71% of  the Company's 1995  gross profit was  attributable to the
Company's Chevrolet dealerships, the Company currently is particularly dependent
upon the continued popularity of models offered by Chevrolet and on  Chevrolet's
ability to provide it with the appropriate inventory.
 
    Domestic  automakers are also vulnerable to  strikes and other labor actions
by unions, which  could reduce or  eliminate the  supply of new  vehicles for  a
period.  For example, workers at two of GM's  parts plants went on strike for 17
days during March 1996,  causing a material drop  in GM's first quarter  vehicle
production.  The  current collective  bargaining  agreements between  the United
Automobile Workers Union  and each  of General Motors  and Chrysler  Corporation
("Chrysler") are scheduled to expire on September 14, 1996. These automakers may
not   be  able  to  negotiate   new  collective  bargaining  agreements  without
experiencing significant  labor  stoppages that  could  limit or  interrupt  the
production or distribution of these automakers' new vehicles.
 
MATURE INDUSTRY; CYCLICAL AND LOCAL NATURE OF AUTOMOBILE SALES
 
    The American automobile dealership industry generally is considered a mature
industry  in which minimal growth is expected  in unit sales of new vehicles. In
many mature  local and  regional  retail markets,  sales  of new  vehicles  have
fluctuated  in recent years. As a  consequence, growth in the Company's revenues
and earnings  and  the  market value  of  the  Common Stock  are  likely  to  be
significantly  affected by  the Company's  success in  acquiring and integrating
dealerships and the pace and size of such acquisitions. The automobile  industry
historically has experienced periodic downturns, characterized by oversupply and
weak  demand.  Many  factors  affect the  industry,  including  general economic
conditions and  consumer  confidence.  Future recessions  may  have  a  material
adverse effect on the Company's business and the price of the Common Stock.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
    Local economic, competitive and other conditions also affect the performance
of dealerships. The Texas Panhandle and Oklahoma have been experiencing a severe
drought since October 1995. Although the Company's sales during this period have
not  been significantly affected by the  drought, a continuation of this weather
condition could have a material adverse effect on the business of the Company.
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH EXPANSION
 
    The Company's future  growth will  depend in large  part on  its ability  to
acquire  additional  dealerships.  In  pursuing a  strategy  of  acquiring other
dealerships, the  Company  will  face risks  commonly  encountered  with  growth
through acquisitions. These risks include incurring significantly higher capital
expenditures  and operating expenses,  failing to assimilate  the operations and
personnel  of  the  acquired  dealerships,  disrupting  the  Company's   ongoing
business,  dissipating the  Company's limited  management resources,  failing to
maintain uniform standards, controls  and policies, and impairing  relationships
with  employees and customers as a result  of changes in management. The Company
expects that it will take two to three years to integrate an acquired dealership
into the Company's  operations and  realize the  full benefit  of the  Company's
strategies  and systems. To  date the financial performance  of the two Oklahoma
City dealerships acquired in 1995 has been below the Company's financial results
in the Amarillo market. See  "Management's Discussion and Analysis of  Financial
Condition  and  Results  of  Operations" and  "Business  --  Growth  Strategy --
Acquisitions." There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful  in
overcoming these risks or any other problems encountered with such acquisitions,
including in connection with its two dealerships acquired in 1995.
 
    Acquiring  additional  dealerships,  as  the Company  intends,  will  have a
significant  impact  on  the  Company's  financial  position,  and  could  cause
substantial  fluctuations  in  the  Company's  quarterly  and  yearly  operating
results. Acquisitions  could  result  in  significant  goodwill  and  intangible
assets,  which are likely  to result in substantial  amortization charges to the
Company that would reduce stated earnings.
 
AVAILABILITY OF ACQUISITION CANDIDATES AND NEED FOR FINANCING
 
    The Company's  ability  to  continue  to grow  through  the  acquisition  of
additional  dealerships will be dependent upon  (i) the availability of suitable
candidates,  (ii)  receiving  automaker  approval  of  acquisitions,  (iii)  the
Company's  ability to compete effectively for available dealerships and (iv) the
availability of capital to  complete the acquisitions.  See "Business --  Growth
Strategy -- Acquisitions."
 
    The Company intends to finance acquisitions with cash on hand (including the
proceeds  of the  Offering) and through  issuances of stock  or debt securities.
Using cash  to complete  acquisitions could  substantially limit  the  Company's
financial  flexibility.  Using stock  to consummate  acquisitions may  result in
significant dilution of  shareholders' interest  in the Company.  Using debt  to
complete  acquisitions  could  result  in  financial  covenants  that  limit the
Company's operating  and financial  flexibility.  If the  Company is  unable  to
obtain  additional capital on  acceptable terms, the Company  may be required to
reduce the scope of its presently anticipated expansion, which could  materially
adversely  affect the Company's business and the  value of the Common Stock. See
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operation  -- Liquidity and Capital Resources"  and "Business -- Growth Strategy
- -- Acquisitions."
 
LIMITED MANAGEMENT AND PERSONNEL RESOURCES
 
    The Company's success  depends to  a significant degree  upon the  continued
contributions  of its management  team (particularly its  senior management) and
service and sales personnel. In addition, as the Company expands it may need  to
hire  additional managers. There are no  employment agreements with any officers
or employees  of  the  Company,  and the  Company's  employees  may  voluntarily
terminate  their  employment  with  the  Company at  any  time.  The  market for
qualified employees in  the industry  and in the  regions in  which the  Company
operates,  particularly for general managers, is highly competitive. The loss of
the services of key employees or  the inability to attract additional  qualified
managers could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
AUTOMAKER CONTROL OVER DEALERSHIPS
 
    Historically, automakers have exercised significant control over dealerships
and  have restricted  them to specified  locations and  retained approval rights
over changes in management and ownership.  The Company's ability to expand  will
depend,  in  part,  on obtaining  the  consent  of automakers  to  the Company's
acquisitions of  new dealerships,  including the  Dodge Acquisition,  which  the
Company  currently anticipates acquiring with a portion of the net proceeds from
the Offering. While the  Company's acquisitions to date  have been approved  and
the  Company has not been materially adversely affected by the other limitations
imposed by automakers, there can be no  assurance that the Company will be  able
to  obtain future necessary  approvals on acceptable terms  or not be materially
adversely affected by other limitations in the future.
 
    The Company has "Dealer Agreements" with its automakers, which expire in  or
about  the year  2000. The Company  currently believes  that, as it  has done in
prior years,  it  will be  able  to renew  all  of the  Dealer  Agreements  upon
expiration, but no such assurance can be given.
 
GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS
 
    The  Company  is  subject  to  a wide  range  of  federal,  state  and local
regulations, such as local licensing requirements, consumer protection laws  and
rules  relating  to gasoline  storage, waste  treatment and  other environmental
matters. Future acquisitions by the Company  may also be subject to  regulation,
including antitrust reviews. The Company believes that it substantially complies
with all applicable laws relating to its business, but future regulations may be
more stringent and require the Company to incur significant additional costs.
 
CONCENTRATION OF VOTING POWER AND ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS
 
    Following  the Offering, through their ownership of approximately 76% of the
outstanding Common Stock (approximately 72% if the Underwriters'  over-allotment
option is exercised in full), the current owners of the Company will continue to
control  the election of all directors and all other actions submitted to a vote
of the Company's  stockholders, including significant  corporate actions.  Other
stockholders  (including purchasers  of the  Shares), will  not have  the voting
power to  elect directors  or make  corporate decisions.  This concentration  of
voting  power in  current owners  may, among  other things,  have the  effect of
delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company.
 
    Other agreements  and corporate  documents  and Delaware  law also  make  it
difficult  for  a  third party  to  try  to unilaterally  acquire  a significant
ownership position in the Company, including:
 
       (i) The  Company's  Dealer  Agreements  with  General  Motors'  Chevrolet
           division  put the Company at risk  of losing its Chevrolet franchises
    if any person or entity acquires more  than 20% of the Common Stock  without
    Chevrolet's  approval.  See  "Business  -- Vehicle  and  Parts  Suppliers --
    Relationships with Automakers."
 
       (ii)Certain provisions of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation  and
           Bylaws  (a) allow  the Company to  issue preferred  stock with rights
    senior to those of the  Common Stock without any  further vote or action  by
    the  stockholders,  (b) provide  for a  classified  board of  directors with
    staggered three-year terms and (c) impose procedural requirements that could
    make it more  difficult for stockholders  of the Company  to effect  certain
    corporate  actions.  In  addition,  Section  203  of  the  Delaware  General
    Corporation Law restricts certain business combinations with any "interested
    stockholder" as defined by such  statute. See "Description of Capital  Stock
    --  Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions  of the Certificate of Incorporation
    Bylaws and Delaware Law."
 
       (iii)
           Under the Company's  Stockholders' Rights  Plan, shareholders  (other
           than  certain prospective acquirors) are  entitled to purchase Common
    Stock at a discount or shares in the prospective acquiror at a discount upon
    certain acquisitions of 19.9% or more of the Common Stock or a merger of the
    Company or  similar  transaction.  See  "Description  of  Capital  Stock  --
    Stockholders' Rights Plan."
 
       (iv)Under the Company's Stock Option Plan, options outstanding thereunder
           become  immediately exercisable upon a "change in control" or certain
    mergers or reorganizations of Cross-Country  Auto. See "Management --  Stock
    Option Plan."
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE
 
    Prior  to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock
and there can be no assurance that an active public market for the Common  Stock
will  develop or continue after the  Offering. The initial public offering price
of the Common  Stock will be  determined by negotiations  among the Company  and
representatives  of the  Underwriters. Because  the Company  will be  one of the
first public companies dedicated to  the retail auto dealership business,  these
representatives  will not be able to use the market prices of other companies in
the same industry as a benchmark  in setting the initial public offering  price.
See "Underwriters" for a discussion of the factors considered in determining the
initial  public offering  price. Quarterly and  annual operating  results of the
Company, variations between such results  and the results expected by  investors
and  analysts, changes in  local or general  economic conditions or developments
affecting the automobile industry,  the Company or  its competitors could  cause
the  market price of the Common Stock to fluctuate substantially. As a result of
these factors, as well as other factors common to initial public offerings,  the
market price could fluctuate substantially from the offering price.
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The  net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the shares of Common Stock
offered hereby  are estimated  to be  approximately $45.1  million, assuming  an
initial  public offering price of $16.00 per share. The Company intends to apply
$13.5 million of the net proceeds to complete the Dodge Acquisition. The Company
also may apply a portion of the net  proceeds to the purchase of some or all  of
the  used vehicle inventory associated with the  Dodge Acquisition at a price to
be agreed. Although the  Dodge Acquisition is  contingent on receiving  approval
from  the  Dodge  division of  Chrysler,  the  Company expects  to  complete the
acquisition  by   September  1996.   See  "Business   --  Growth   Strategy   --
Acquisitions." Prior to the Dodge Acquisition, the Company intends to invest the
proceeds  to  be used  for that  acquisition  in a  short-term, interest-bearing
account.
 
    The Company  also intends  to apply  approximately $25  million of  the  net
proceeds  to  repay a  majority of  its vehicle  financing indebtedness  owed to
General  Motors  Acceptance  Corporation  ("GMAC").  Such  indebtedness  accrues
interest  currently at an annual rate equal to  8.0%. At May 31, 1996, this debt
totaled $33.7 million.  See "Management's Discussion  and Analysis of  Financial
Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
    The  Company  intends to  use the  remaining expected  net proceeds  of $6.6
million for  working capital  and other  general corporate  purposes,  including
future acquisitions.
 
    The  Company will not  receive any of  the proceeds from  any sale of Shares
pursuant to exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    The Company does not intend to pay cash dividends to holders of Common Stock
for the foreseeable future. Instead, the  Company intends to apply earnings,  if
any,  to finance the  growth of Cross-Country Auto.  Any future determination to
pay cash dividends on  Common Stock will  be at the discretion  of the Board  of
Directors,  will be subject to certain limitations under the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware and will be dependent upon the Company's  financial
condition, results of operations, capital requirements and such other factors as
the  Board of Directors deems relevant,  including any restrictions contained in
any future  debt  facilities.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial   Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  --  Liquidity  and  Capital
Resources."
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The following table  sets forth  the cash and  cash equivalents,  short-term
debt  and total  capitalization of  the Company  at March  31, 1996  (i) without
giving effect to  the Reorganization or  the Offering  and (ii) on  a pro  forma
basis,  adjusted to reflect  the Reorganization and the  Offering (at an assumed
initial public offering price  of $16.00 per share)  and the application of  the
estimated  net proceeds to be received by the Company. This table should be read
in conjunction with the Combined Financial Statements and related notes and "Pro
Forma Combined Financial Data" appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. See  also
"Use  of Proceeds," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" and "Certain Transactions."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                          ------------------------
                                                                                           ACTUAL    PRO FORMA (1)
                                                                                          ---------  -------------
                                                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                       <C>        <C>
Cash and cash equivalents...............................................................  $  10,326    $  25,026(2)
                                                                                          ---------  -------------
                                                                                          ---------  -------------
Short-term debt:
  Floorplan debt........................................................................  $  33,345    $   8,345(2)
  Due to affiliates.....................................................................      5,881          481(2)
  Current maturities of long-term debt..................................................      1,470        1,470
                                                                                          ---------  -------------
      Total short-term debt.............................................................  $  40,696    $  10,296
                                                                                          ---------  -------------
                                                                                          ---------  -------------
Long-term debt, excluding current maturities............................................  $  11,533    $  11,533
                                                                                          ---------  -------------
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized;
   no shares issued and outstanding.....................................................     --           --
  Common Stock, $.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized;
   no shares issued and outstanding, actual;
   12,946,250 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted (3)............................     --              129(1)
  Paid-in capital.......................................................................      1,064       46,035(1)
  Retained earnings.....................................................................      7,592        7,592
                                                                                          ---------  -------------
      Total stockholders' equity........................................................      8,656       53,756
                                                                                          ---------  -------------
        Total capitalization............................................................  $  20,189    $  65,289
                                                                                          ---------  -------------
                                                                                          ---------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1)  Excludes the issuance  of 303,750 shares  of Common Stock  for $250,000  to
     Ezra  P. Mager, the Company's Vice Chairman, pursuant to an agreement dated
     April 1,  1996. See  "Certain Transactions"  and Note  15 to  the Notes  to
     Combined Financial Statements.
 
(2)  Approximately  $25.0 million  of the net  proceeds of the  Offering will be
     used to  reduce floorplan  debt  and the  remainder  of the  estimated  net
     proceeds,  approximately $20.1 million, will be invested in an account (the
     "GMAC Deposit  Account")  with GMAC  and  in other  cash  equivalents.  The
     reduction in due to affiliates represents the remittance of funds that have
     been  advanced to the  Company to invest  in the GMAC  Deposit Account. See
     "Certain Transactions" and "Use of Proceeds." The pro forma  capitalization
     table  as of March  31, 1996 does  not reflect the  expected application of
     proceeds in connection with the Dodge Acquisition.
 
(3)  If the  over-allotment  option  is  exercised, the  number  of  issued  and
     outstanding shares of Common Stock will not increase; only shares of Common
     Stock  owned by  the Selling Stockholders  are subject to  such option. See
     "Use of  Proceeds" and  "Principal  Stockholders." Excludes  (i)  1,325,000
     shares  of Common  Stock reserved  for future  issuance under Cross-Country
     Auto's stock option plan, including an  option to purchase 6,250 shares  of
     Common  Stock that will be granted immediately before the completion of the
     Offering with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering  price
     and (ii) 127,588 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of other
     options  which have an exercise price  equal to the initial public offering
     price. See "Management -- Stock Option Plan" and "Certain Transactions."
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION
 
    The net tangible book value of the  Company at March 31, 1996 (assuming  the
Reorganization  had been  completed at that  date) was $1,275,000,  or $0.13 per
share of Common Stock. Net tangible  book value per share represents the  amount
of  the  Company's net  tangible assets  less total  liabilities divided  by the
number of shares of Common Stock  outstanding at that date. After giving  effect
to  the Offering (based upon an assumed  initial public offering price of $16.00
per share  and  after  deducting  estimated offering  expenses  payable  by  the
Company),  the Company's  pro forma  net tangible book  value at  March 31, 1996
would have been  $46,375,000 or $3.58  per share. This  represents an  immediate
increase in the net tangible book value of
$3.45 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $12.42 per
share  to new investors  purchasing Shares in the  Offering. The following table
illustrates this per share dilution:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                    <C>        <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share......................                $16.00
  Net tangible book value per share before the Offering..............  $    0.13
  Increase per share attributable to new investors...................  $    3.45
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the Offering.......                $ 3.58
                                                                                  ---------
Dilution per share to new investors(1)...............................                $12.42
                                                                                  ---------
                                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1)  Dilution is determined by subtracting the net tangible book value per share
     of Common  Stock after  the Offering  from the  public offering  price  per
     share.
 
    The  following table summarizes, on  a pro forma basis  as of March 31, 1996
(assuming the Reorganization had been  completed at that date), the  differences
between  the number of shares of Common Stock purchased from Cross-Country Auto,
the total  consideration  paid and  the  average price  per  share paid  by  the
existing  stockholders and  by the investors  purchasing in this  Offering at an
assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  SHARES PURCHASED             TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                                            ----------------------------  -----------------------------  AVERAGE PRICE
                                              NUMBER (1)       PERCENT         AMOUNT         PERCENT      PER SHARE
                                            ---------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------  --------------
<S>                                         <C>              <C>          <C>               <C>          <C>
Existing Stockholders.....................     9,821,250(2)       75.9%   $   8,656,000(3)       14.8%    $    0.88
New Investors.............................     3,125,000          24.1       50,000,000          85.2         16.00
                                            ---------------      -----    ----------------      -----
  Total...................................    12,946,250         100.0%   $  58,656,000         100.0%
                                            ---------------      -----    ----------------      -----
                                            ---------------      -----    ----------------      -----
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1)  Excludes shares to be  issued to Mr. Mager  pursuant to an agreement  dated
     April  1, 1996.  See "Certain  Transactions" and  Note 15  to the  Notes to
     Combined Financial Statements.
 
(2)  Excludes 133,838  shares  of Common  Stock  that  may be  issued  upon  the
     exercise  at the  initial public  offering price  of options  to be granted
     immediately prior to completion of the Offering.
 
(3)  Net book value at March 31, 1996.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
                        SELECTED COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The selected combined statement of operations and balance sheet data for the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1995 are derived from the Company's
audited financial statements. The selected combined statement of operations  and
balance  sheet data for the two years in  the period ended December 31, 1992 are
based on the  Company's unaudited  financial statements.  The selected  combined
results  of operations data for  the three months ended  March 31, 1995 and 1996
and the balance  sheet data at  March 31,  1996 are derived  from the  unaudited
financial  statements of the Company and,  in the opinion of management, reflect
all adjustments necessary for a fair  presentation of its results of  operations
and  financial condition. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.
The results of operations for an  interim period are not necessarily  indicative
of  results that may  be expected for a  full year or  any other interim period.
This selected  combined  financial  data  should be  read  in  conjunction  with
"Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of
Operations" and the  Combined Financial  Statements and  related notes  included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                       MARCH 31,
                                          -----------------------------------------------------  ----------------------
                                            1991       1992       1993       1994      1995(1)     1995(2)      1996
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues:
  Vehicle sales.........................  $  66,289  $ 113,072  $ 150,205  $ 163,721  $ 212,984   $  45,077   $  64,009
  Other operating revenues..............      8,636     12,111     15,159     18,047     23,210       4,990       7,220
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
        Total revenues..................     74,925    125,183    165,364    181,768    236,194      50,067      71,229
Cost of sales...........................     64,086    106,681    139,626    153,446    198,702      42,449      59,896
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
Gross profit............................     10,839     18,502     25,738     28,322     37,492       7,618      11,333
Selling, general and administrative.....      7,278     12,813     17,194     18,522     25,630       5,377       7,537
Depreciation and amortization...........        408        731        992        934        951         224         353
Management fees (3).....................        798      1,589      2,536      3,183      4,318         798      --
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
Operating income........................      2,355      3,369      5,016      5,683      6,593       1,219       3,443
Interest expense, net...................      1,008      1,852      1,848      1,950      3,088         704         975
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
Income before income taxes..............      1,347      1,517      3,168      3,733      3,505         515       2,468
Income tax expense......................        498        561      1,173      1,351      1,310         193         913
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
Net income (4)..........................  $     849  $     956  $   1,995  $   2,382  $   2,195   $     322   $   1,555
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                           -----------------------------------------------------        AS OF
                                             1991       1992       1993       1994       1995      MARCH 31, 1996
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
COMBINED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital..........................  $   1,274  $       8  $     135  $      50  $     536      $   1,595
Total assets.............................     33,693     38,191     43,513     47,579     83,407         78,539
Long-term debt...........................      7,391      9,034      7,887      7,150     11,859         11,533
Total liabilities........................     34,119     37,661     40,774     42,538     76,306         69,883
Stockholders' equity.....................       (426)       530      2,739      5,041      7,101          8,656
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1)  The  results for the  year ended December  31, 1995 include  the results of
     Performance Nissan, Inc. from  the date of  acquisition, February 2,  1995,
     and  the results of  Performance Dodge, Inc. from  the date of acquisition,
     December 4, 1995.
(2)  The results for the three months  ended March 31, 1995 include the  results
     of Performance Nissan, Inc. from the date of acquisition, February 2, 1995.
(3)  As  of January 1, 1996, the Company no longer pays management fees to GGFP.
     See "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and
     Results of Operations -- Overview" and "Pro Forma Combined Financial Data."
(4)  Historical  earnings per share are not presented, as the historical capital
     structure of the Company prior to  the Offering is not comparable with  the
     capital structure that will exist subsequent to the Offering.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
                       PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The  following unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations for the
year ended December  31, 1995  and for  the three  months ended  March 31,  1996
reflect  the historical  accounts of the  Company for those  periods adjusted to
give pro forma  effect to the  December 1995 acquisition  of Performance  Dodge,
Inc.  (formerly Jim Glover Dodge, Inc.), the Reorganization and the Offering, as
if these transactions had occurred at the beginning of each period presented.
 
    The following unaudited  pro forma combined  balance sheet as  of March  31,
1996 reflects the historical accounts of the Company as of that date adjusted to
give  pro forma  effect to the  Reorganization and  the Offering as  if they had
occurred as of March 31, 1996.
 
    The pro forma combined financial data and accompanying notes should be  read
in  conjunction with  the Combined  Financial Statements  and the  related notes
included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The Company believes that the assumptions
used in the following statements provide a reasonable basis on which to  present
the  pro forma financial data. The pro forma combined financial data is provided
for informational purposes only and should not be construed to be indicative  of
the  Company's financial condition or results of operations had the transactions
and events described  above been consummated  on the dates  assumed and are  not
intended  to project  the Company's  financial condition  on any  future date or
results of operations for any future period.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                           ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           ACTUAL                     PRO FORMA
                              ACTUAL     PERFORMANCE    PRO FORMA        FOR         PRO FORMA
                           COMPANY (1)    DODGE (1)    ADJUSTMENTS   ACQUISITION  ADJUSTMENTS (3)     PRO FORMA
                           ------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  ---------------  ---------------
                                                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                        <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>              <C>
Revenues:
  Vehicle sales..........   $  212,984    $  55,498    $  (4,856)(2) $  263,626       --           $    263,626
  Other operating
   revenues..............       23,210        8,419         (533)(2)     31,096       --                 31,096
                           ------------  -----------  -------------  -----------      -------      ---------------
    Total revenues.......      236,194       63,917       (5,389)       294,722       --                294,722
Cost of sales............      198,702       55,370       (4,713)(2)    249,359       --                249,359
                           ------------  -----------  -------------  -----------      -------      ---------------
Gross profit                    37,492        8,547         (676)        45,363       --                 45,363
Selling, general and
 administrative..........       25,630        7,244         (510)(2)     32,364           889 (4)        33,253 (5)
Depreciation and
 amortization............          951           24           67 (6)      1,042       --                  1,042
Management fees..........        4,318       --           --              4,318        (4,318)(7)           --
                           ------------  -----------  -------------  -----------      -------      ---------------
Operating income.........        6,593        1,279         (233)         7,639         3,429            11,068
Interest expense, net....       (3,088)        (367)        (479)(6)     (3,934)        2,000 (4)        (1,934)
                           ------------  -----------  -------------  -----------      -------      ---------------
Income before income
 taxes...................        3,505          912         (712)         3,705         5,429             9,134
Income tax expense.......        1,310       --               75 (8)      1,385         2,025 (10)        3,410
                           ------------  -----------  -------------  -----------      -------      ---------------
Net income...............  $     2,195   $      912   $     (787)     $   2,320       $ 3,404      $      5,724
                           ------------  -----------  -------------  -----------      -------      ---------------
                           ------------  -----------  -------------  -----------      -------      ---------------
Net income per share.....                                                                          $       0.43(9)
Weighted average shares
 outstanding.............                                                                                13,234(9)
</TABLE>
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                   PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                         -------------------------------------------
                                                                                        PRO FORMA
                                                                          ACTUAL     ADJUSTMENTS (3)     PRO FORMA
                                                                         ---------  -----------------  -------------
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>                <C>
Revenues:
  Vehicle sales........................................................  $  64,009         --          $      64,009
  Other operating revenues.............................................      7,220         --                  7,220
                                                                         ---------         ------      -------------
      Total revenues...................................................     71,229         --                 71,229
Cost of sales..........................................................     59,896         --                 59,896
Gross profit...........................................................     11,333         --                 11,333
Selling, general and administrative....................................      7,537            222(4)           7,759(5)
Depreciation and amortization..........................................        353         --                    353
Management fees........................................................     --             --               --
                                                                         ---------         ------      -------------
Operating income.......................................................      3,443           (222)             3,221
Interest expense, net..................................................       (975)         500(4)              (475)
                                                                         ---------         ------      -------------
Income before income taxes.............................................      2,468            278              2,746
Income tax expense.....................................................        913            104 (10)         1,017
                                                                         ---------         ------      -------------
Net income.............................................................  $   1,555  $         174      $       1,729
                                                                         ---------         ------      -------------
                                                                         ---------         ------      -------------
Net income per share...................................................                                $        0.13(9)
Weighted average shares outstanding....................................                                       13,234(9)
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------
(1) Actual results  of  operations reflect  the  results of  operations  of  the
    Company  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  1995  and  actual  results for
    Performance Dodge, Inc. (formerly  Jim Glover Dodge,  Inc.), for the  fiscal
    year ended November 30, 1995.
(2) Entry  reverses  the one  month  of sales  and  expenses (December  1994) of
    Performance Dodge, Inc. recorded in its statement of operations for the year
    ended November 30, 1995.
(3) The Company will  use the proceeds  from the Offering  primarily to  acquire
    other  dealerships in the  future. Until these proceeds  are used to acquire
    other dealerships, including the Dodge  Acquisition, the Company intends  to
    invest  the remaining  proceeds of approximately  $20.1 million  in the GMAC
    Deposit Account, which currently  pays interest at an  annual rate of  8.0%,
    and  in  other  cash  equivalents.  See "Use  of  Proceeds."  The  pro forma
    financial information above does not reflect any interest income related  to
    the  investment  of  proceeds in  the  GMAC  Deposit Account  or  other cash
    equivalents.
(4) Reflects the Company's estimate of the net additions to selling, general and
    administrative expenses and reductions in interest expense which would  have
    occurred  if the  Offering had  been effected  as of  the beginning  of each
    period and  consists  of  (a)  a net  increase  in  management  compensation
    pursuant  to new compensation arrangements to  be in place subsequent to the
    Offering, (b) an increase in administrative expenses associated with  public
    ownership  of the  Company's Common  Stock and  (c) a  reduction in interest
    expense reflecting estimated proceeds used  to pay down floorplan debt.  See
    "Use of Proceeds." The reduction in interest expense was calculated based on
    an  average  reduction in  floorplan  debt of  $25.0  million at  the actual
    interest rate in effect during each respective period.
(5) The pro forma combined statement of  operations for the year ended  December
    31,  1995 and  the first quarter  ended March 31,  1996 exclude compensation
    expense that the Company expects to recognize in the second quarter of  1996
    related  to the  issuance of  303,750 shares  of Common  Stock to  Mr. Mager
    pursuant to an  agreement dated April  1, 1996. The  amount of  compensation
    expense  that will be recognized in the quarter ending June 30, 1996 will be
    equal to the difference between the fair value of the Common Stock issued to
    Mr. Mager and the cash consideration to be paid of $250,000. The Company has
    engaged an independent  third party  appraisal expert to  estimate the  fair
    value  of the stock as of the date  of Mr. Mager's agreement to purchase the
    shares. The Company expects  that the charge will  have a material  non-cash
    impact on its results of operations for the quarter ending June 30, 1996 and
    for  the year ending December 31, 1996. The pro forma combined balance sheet
    at March 31,  1996 also excludes  the increase in  equity that would  result
    from the issuance of Common Stock to Mr. Mager pursuant to this agreement.
(6) Reflects  additional  interest  expense,  depreciation  and  amortization of
    goodwill as if Performance Dodge, Inc. had been acquired as of the beginning
    of the period.
(7) Reflects elimination  of the  management fees  as discussed  under  "Certain
    Transactions" and Note 17 to the Notes to Combined Financial Statements. See
    footnote  (4)  above for  increase  in selling,  general  and administrative
    expenses for executive compensation paid to these individuals.
(8) Reflects the income tax effect of the adjustments described in footnotes (2)
    and (6) above and Performance Dodge, Inc. for its fiscal year ended November
    30, 1995 as if it were a taxable entity, using the Company's incremental tax
    rate of approximately 37%.
(9) Pro forma earnings per share are  based upon the assumption that  13,234,375
    shares  of  Common  Stock  are  outstanding  for  each  period.  This amount
    represents the Shares to be issued  in the Offering (3,125,000), the  number
    of  shares of Common  Stock owned by  the Company's stockholders immediately
    following the  Reorganization (9,821,250)  and the  number of  common  stock
    equivalents  (288,125)  relating to  303,750 shares  of  Common Stock  to be
    issued to Mr. Mager for $250,000. See "Certain Transactions" and Note 15  to
    the Notes to Combined Financial Statements.
(10)Reflects  the estimated  income tax effect  of the  adjustments described in
    footnotes (4) and  (7) above, using  the Company's incremental  tax rate  of
    approximately 37%.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
                        PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   AS OF MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                          ---------------------------------------
                                                                                       PRO FORMA
                                                                           ACTUAL     ADJUSTMENTS   PRO FORMA (1)
                                                                          ---------  -------------  -------------
                                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>            <C>
                                                     ASSETS
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.............................................  $  10,326  $      14,700(3)  $    25,026
  Accounts receivable...................................................     10,297       --              10,297
  Inventories...........................................................     36,092       --              36,092
                                                                          ---------  -------------  -------------
      Total current assets..............................................     56,715         14,700        71,415
                                                                          ---------  -------------  -------------
  Net property, plant and equipment.....................................     12,175       --              12,175
  Goodwill, net, and other assets.......................................      9,649       --               9,649
                                                                          ---------  -------------  -------------
      Total assets......................................................  $  78,539  $      14,700   $    93,239
                                                                          ---------  -------------  -------------
                                                                          ---------  -------------  -------------
 
                                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Currrent Liabilities:
  Floorplan debt........................................................  $  33,345  $     (25,000 (3) $      8,345
  Current maturities of long-term debt..................................      1,470       --               1,470
  Accounts payable......................................................      4,631       --               4,631
  Due to affiliates.....................................................      5,881         (5,400 (3)          481
  Accrued expenses and other liabilities................................      7,761       --               7,761
  Deferred income taxes.................................................      2,032       --               2,032
                                                                          ---------  -------------  -------------
      Total current liabilities.........................................     55,120        (30,400)       24,720
                                                                          ---------  -------------  -------------
Long-term Liabilities:
  Long-term debt, excluding current maturities..........................     11,533       --              11,533
  Deferred warranty revenue -- long-term portion........................      3,230       --               3,230
                                                                          ---------  -------------  -------------
      Total long-term liabilities.......................................     14,763       --              14,763
                                                                          ---------  -------------  -------------
Stockholders' Equity:
  Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, no
   shares issued and outstanding........................................     --           --             --
  Common Stock, $.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized, no shares
   issued and outstanding, actual; 12,946,250 shares issued and
   outstanding, as adjusted(1)..........................................     --                129(2)          129
  Paid-in capital.......................................................      1,064         44,971(2)       46,035
  Retained earnings.....................................................      7,592       --               7,592
                                                                          ---------  -------------  -------------
      Total stockholders' equity........................................      8,656         45,100        53,756
                                                                          ---------  -------------  -------------
        Total liabilities and stockholders' equity......................  $  78,539  $      14,700  $     93,239
                                                                          ---------  -------------  -------------
                                                                          ---------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------
(1) The  Company  will not  receive the  proceeds of  the sale,  if any,  of the
    over-allotment  Shares.  Such  amount  will  be  remitted  to  the   Selling
    Stockholders.  As a result, there is  no increase in stockholders' equity or
    to the number of shares issued and outstanding.
(2) Reflects the issuance of 9,821,250 shares  of Common Stock issued to  effect
    the  Reorganization and the issuance of  3,125,000 shares of Common Stock at
    an assumed  initial  public offering  price  of  $16.00 per  share,  net  of
    estimated  offering  expenses  of  $4.9 million.  Excludes  the  purchase of
    303,750 shares of  Common Stock  by Mr. Mager  for $250,000  pursuant to  an
    agreement  dated April 1, 1996. The Company has engaged an independent third
    party valuation expert to value the stock  as of the date of the  agreement.
    The   fair  value  of  the  stock  purchased  by  Mr.  Mager  will  increase
    stockholder's equity and  the difference between  the cash consideration  of
    $250,000  and the fair value  of the stock will  be recognized as a non-cash
    compensation expense in the quarter ended June 30, 1996.
(3) Reflects the  application of  the estimated  net proceeds  of the  Offering.
    Approximately  $25 million  will be  used to  reduce floorplan  debt and the
    remainder of the estimated net  proceeds, approximately $20.1 million,  will
    be  invested in the GMAC Deposit Account and cash equivalents. The reduction
    in due  to affiliates  represents the  remittance of  funds that  have  been
    advanced  to the Company to invest in the GMAC Deposit Account. See "Certain
    Transactions" and "Use of Proceeds." The pro forma balance sheet as of March
    31, 1996 does not reflect the  application of net proceeds that is  expected
    to be used for the Dodge Acquisition.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    THE  FOLLOWING  DISCUSSION  OF  THE  RESULTS  OF  OPERATIONS  AND  FINANCIAL
CONDITION OF  THE COMPANY  SHOULD  BE READ  IN  CONJUNCTION WITH  THE  COMPANY'S
COMBINED  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND THE  RELATED NOTES THERETO INCLUDED ELSEWHERE
IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
OVERVIEW
 
    The Company owns and operates  six franchised automobile dealerships in  the
Amarillo  and Oklahoma City  markets and has  grown primarily through dealership
acquisitions since the founders of  the Company acquired their first  dealership
in  1982. Given the  relatively stable demand  for new and  used vehicles in the
United States  generally,  and in  the  markets  served by  its  dealerships  in
particular,  the Company  expects that future  growth will  be primarily derived
from acquisitions of additional dealerships. Based on management's experience in
acquiring and integrating dealerships, the Company believes that it takes two to
three years to integrate  an acquired dealership  into the Company's  operations
and   realize  the  full  benefit  of  the  Company's  strategies  and  systems.
Significant  management  attention,  capital  investment  and  an  increase   in
operating  expenses are typically required for acquisitions, particularly in the
first year  after the  acquisition.  The Company  anticipates that  general  and
administrative  expenses may increase in the future as the Company continues its
expansion by acquiring other dealerships.
 
    The Company generates its revenues from sales of new and used vehicles, fees
for repair  and  maintenance services,  sales  of replacement  parts,  sales  of
extended  warranties  on  vehicles,  and  fees  and  commissions  from arranging
financing and credit insurance in connection with vehicle sales. While sales  of
new  vehicles are sensitive to general economic conditions, the Company believes
that its used car sales and parts  and service operations are less affected  and
help  to  mitigate, in  part,  the effects  of  general economic  downturns. The
Company also believes that  its strong market share  in the Amarillo market  has
contributed  to  its revenues  and profitability.  In  1995 the  Company derived
approximately 71% of its  gross profit from its  three Chevrolet dealerships  in
Amarillo. The Company does not have as large a market share in Oklahoma City and
there  can be no assurance that it will be able to obtain such a position in any
other market that it may enter.
 
    New vehicle revenues include sales of new vehicles and revenue  attributable
to  vehicle leases arranged by  the Company ($114.5 million  in the aggregate in
1995). Sales  or trades  of new  vehicles to  other franchised  dealers are  not
included  in  Company revenues  but  result in  an  adjustment to  inventory and
flooring debt. Used vehicle revenues include amounts received for used  vehicles
sold  to retail customers,  other dealers and wholesalers  ($98.5 million in the
aggregate in 1995). Other operating revenues include parts and service revenues,
fees and commissions for  F&I transactions and sales  of the Company's  extended
warranties for vehicles. The Company recognizes revenue attributable to sales of
its warranties over the term of the warranties for accounting purposes, although
it  receives payment in full at the time  of sale. In contrast, when the Company
sells warranties of third party vendors, as it does in the Oklahoma City  market
and  is likely to do in new markets  it may enter, the Company receives and, for
accounting purposes, immediately recognizes a commission at the time of sale. In
connection with  vehicle financing  contracts,  the Company  receives a  fee  (a
"finance fee") from the lender for originating the loan but is assessed a charge
(a  "chargeback") by the lender if  the contract terminates before its scheduled
maturity, which can result from early repayment because of refinancing the loan,
selling or trading  in the vehicle  or default on  the loan. The  amount of  the
chargeback  depends on how long  the related loan was  outstanding. As a result,
the Company establishes a reserve based on its historical chargeback experience.
 
    At each of its dealerships,  the Company's management focuses on  maximizing
profitability  in  each area  of operations  rather than  on volumes  of vehicle
sales. The key factors affecting the Company's profitability are costs of  sales
and  selling,  general and  administrative expenses.  The average  gross margins
obtained by franchised  vehicle dealers  in the United  States on  sales of  new
vehicles  have declined  from over 7.0%  in 1991  to 6.5% in  1995. Although the
Company's gross  margins on  new vehicle  sales have  also declined,  they  have
consistently  been higher than the industry  average. The Company's gross margin
on sales of used vehicles is
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
currently higher  than its  margin  on new  vehicles; however,  with  increasing
numbers  of vehicles coming off relatively short term leases, the supply of late
model used vehicles has been increasing and the Company's gross margin on  sales
of used cars has declined in recent years. See "Risk Factors -- Competition."
 
    The  Company's  cost of  sales and  profitability are  also affected  by the
allocations of new vehicles which its dealerships receive from automakers.  When
the  Company does not receive allocations of new vehicle models adequate to meet
customer demand,  it  purchases additional  vehicles  from other  dealers  at  a
premium to the manufacturer's invoice, reducing the gross margin realized on the
sales  of such vehicles. In addition, the Company follows a disciplined approach
in selling vehicles to other dealers and wholesalers when the vehicles have been
in the Company's inventory longer than  the guidelines set by the Company.  Such
sales  are  frequently at  or below  cost and,  therefore, affect  the Company's
overall gross margin on  vehicle sales. The  Company's salary expense,  employee
benefits  costs and advertising  expenses comprise the  majority of its selling,
general and  administrative ("SG&A")  expenses. The  Company's interest  expense
fluctuates based primarily on the level of the inventory of vehicles held at its
dealerships, substantially all of which is financed (such financing being called
"floorplan financing" or "flooring").
 
    As  a privately held company,  Cross-County Auto historically reimbursed the
Gilliland Group Family Partnership ("GGFP") for costs incurred by GGFP on behalf
of  the  Company,  including  the   Company's  proportionate  share  of   GGFP's
administrative,  clerical and other  corporate overhead costs.  In addition, the
Company paid GGFP a fee for management services generally based on the Company's
profits and the level of  management services rendered. The Company's  financial
statements  included  in this  Prospectus reflect  allocated costs  and expenses
attributable to administrative,  clerical and corporate  assistance provided  by
GGFP  as selling, general  and administrative expenses. That  portion of the fee
paid to  GGFP that  represented a  share  of the  overall profitability  of  the
Company has been reflected in the financial statements as management fees. As of
January  1,  1996, Cross-Country  Auto  began providing  the  administrative and
corporate oversight previously provided by GGFP and discontinued its practice of
paying management fees to GGFP. See "Management."
 
    The Company has accounted for the purchase  of each of its dealerships on  a
purchase  basis and, as a  result, does not include  in its financial statements
the results  of operations  of these  dealerships prior  to the  date they  were
acquired  by  the  Company. The  combined  financial statements  of  the Company
reflect the results of operations, financial position and cash flows of each  of
the Company's dealerships. The financial information included in this Prospectus
may  not necessarily reflect  the results of  operations, financial position and
cash flows of  the Company  in the  future or  what the  results of  operations,
financial  position and  cash flows would  have been had  the Reorganization and
Offering occurred during the periods presented in the financial statements.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following table summarizes, for  the periods presented, the  percentages
of  total  revenues  represented by  certain  items reflected  in  the Company's
statement of operations.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  PERCENTAGE OF REVENUES
                                                              ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                     THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                   31,
                                                              -------------------------------------  ------------------------
                                                                 1993         1994        1995(1)      1995(2)       1996
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Revenues:
  New vehicle sales.........................................       55.0%        50.0%        48.5%        47.6%        48.7%
  Used vehicle sales........................................       35.8         40.1         41.7         42.4         41.2
  Other operating revenues (3)..............................        9.2          9.9          9.8         10.0         10.1
                                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
      Total revenues........................................      100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0
Cost of sales...............................................       84.5         84.4         84.1         84.8         84.1
                                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
Gross profit................................................       15.5         15.6         15.9         15.2         15.9
  Selling, general and administrative.......................       10.4         10.2         10.9         10.7         10.6
  Depreciation and amortization.............................        0.6          0.5          0.4          0.5          0.5
  Management fees (4).......................................        1.5          1.8          1.8          1.6        --
                                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
Operating income............................................        3.0          3.1          2.8          2.4          4.8
Interest expense, net.......................................      (1.1)        (1.1)        (1.3)        (1.4)        (1.3)
                                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
Income before income taxes..................................        1.9          2.0          1.5          1.0          3.5
Income tax expense..........................................        0.7          0.7          0.6          0.4          1.3
                                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
Net income..................................................        1.2%         1.3%         0.9%         0.6%         2.2%
                                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
                                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------
(1) The results for  the year  ended December 31,  1995 include  the results  of
    Performance  Nissan, Inc. from the date of acquisition, February 2, 1995 and
    the results  of  Performance  Dodge,  Inc. from  the  date  of  acquisition,
    December 4, 1995.
(2) The results for the three months ended March 31, 1995 include the results of
    Performance Nissan, Inc. from the date of acquisition, February 2, 1995.
(3) Reflects primarily parts and service sales and F&I-related revenue.
(4) Management  fees reflect certain payments made  to GGFP prior to 1996, which
    payments have been discontinued in anticipation of the Offering.
 
FIRST QUARTER 1996 VERSUS FIRST QUARTER 1995
 
    REVENUES
 
    Revenues grew in each of the  Company's primary revenue areas for the  first
quarter  of 1996 as compared with the first quarter of 1995, causing total sales
to increase 42.3% to $71.2 million. New vehicle sales revenue increased 45.4% in
the first quarter of 1996 to $34.6  million, compared with $23.8 million in  the
first  quarter of 1995. Approximately 81.4% of this increase was attributable to
the Company's dealerships in Oklahoma City,  sales of which were included for  a
full  quarter in 1996 while only one  of the Company's Oklahoma City dealerships
was included for a portion  of the first quarter of  1995. The remainder of  the
increase was primarily due to a net increase of 9.1% in new vehicle sales in the
Company's  Amarillo dealerships, which was primarily attributable to an increase
of approximately  6% in  the average  selling price  resulting from  changes  in
vehicle mix.
 
    Used  vehicle sales increased by 38.7% in the first quarter of 1996 to $29.4
million, compared with $21.2 million in the first quarter of 1995. The inclusion
of the Company's Oklahoma City dealerships in the Company's results for the 1996
quarter accounted for 56.3% of this increase. The remainder of the increase  was
largely attributable to an increase in sales of used vehicles to wholesalers and
other  dealers in accordance with the Company's inventory management guidelines.
An improvement in the  mix of used vehicles  purchased by retail customers  also
resulted  in higher unit prices and contributed  to the overall increase in used
vehicle sales.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
    The Company's other operating revenue increased 44.0% to $7.2 million in the
first quarter of 1996  from $5.0 million  in the first  quarter of 1995  largely
because  of  inclusion of  the  parts and  service sales  and  F&I sales  by the
Company's Oklahoma City dealerships, which accounted for 86.4% of the  increase.
The remaining increase was primarily attributable to increased volume of vehicle
sales  by  the  Company's Amarillo  dealerships  and increased  F&I  revenue per
vehicle sold.
 
    GROSS PROFIT
 
    Gross profit increased 48.7% in the first quarter of 1996 to $11.3  million,
compared  with $7.6 million for  the first quarter of  1995 primarily because of
the addition of sales from the  Company's Oklahoma City dealerships in the  1996
period.  Gross profit as a  percentage of sales increased  to 15.9% in the first
quarter of 1996 from 15.2% in the  first quarter of 1995. The increase in  gross
margin  was caused principally by enhanced  margins for new vehicle sales, parts
and service and F&I, partially  offset by a slight  decline in gross margins  on
used vehicle sales because of increased sales to other dealers and wholesalers.
 
    The  increase in gross margin on  new vehicles was primarily attributable to
the Company's Oklahoma City dealerships, which  earned a higher gross margin  on
new   vehicle  sales  than  the  Company's  Amarillo  dealerships.  The  Company
attributes the higher gross margin in Oklahoma City in large part to a  one-time
allocation  of a favorable new vehicle  supply from the manufacturers subsequent
to the acquisition of the Oklahoma City dealerships.
 
    Used vehicle gross margins  decreased slightly while  total gross profit  on
used vehicle sales increased in the first quarter of 1996 from the first quarter
of  1995.  The  increase  in  gross profit  was  primarily  attributable  to the
inclusion of the  Oklahoma City  dealerships. The  reduction in  margin on  used
vehicles  was largely because of  a greater volume of  sales of used vehicles to
other dealers and wholesalers (which sales  are frequently at or slightly  below
cost)  to avoid carrying charges associated  with used vehicle inventory. In the
first quarter of  1996, approximately 28%  of the Company's  used vehicle  sales
were  to other dealers and  wholesalers as compared to  approximately 23% in the
first quarter of 1995.
 
    The increase  in  the Company's  overall  gross profit  on  other  operating
revenue  was  primarily due  to an  increase in  the gross  profit on  parts and
service sales from the addition of the Company's Oklahoma City dealerships.
 
    SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES; MANAGEMENT FEES
 
    The Company's selling, general and administrative expenses increased to $7.5
million in the  first quarter  of 1996  compared to  $5.4 million  in the  first
quarter  of 1995, and declined  as a percentage of  revenue to 10.6% from 10.7%.
The Oklahoma City  dealerships' SG&A  expenses were  higher as  a percentage  of
their  total revenues compared with the Company's Amarillo dealerships. This was
due to certain expenses incurred by the Oklahoma City dealerships in integrating
the Company's  systems  into their  operations  and implementing  the  Company's
strategies.  In addition, in anticipation of the implementation of the Company's
Stock Option Plan, the  Company's management instituted a  bonus system for  its
dealership general managers in the first quarter of 1996, which lowered the cash
bonus earned in the first quarter compared with the first quarter of 1995.
 
    As  of January 1, 1996,  the Company ceased paying  management fees to GGFP.
See Notes 4 and 7 to  the Pro Forma Combined Financial  Data and Note 17 to  the
Combined Financial Statements.
 
    The  Company anticipates a non-cash charge to earnings in the second quarter
ending June 30, 1996 representing the difference between the purchase price  and
the fair market value of the 303,750 shares of Common Stock issued to Mr. Mager.
The Company expects this charge to have a material non-cash effect on its second
quarter  earnings.  See  "Certain Transactions"  and  Note  15 to  the  Notes to
Combined Financial Statements.
 
    INTEREST EXPENSE
 
    The Company's interest expense increased 34.4% to $1.2 million for the first
quarter of 1996 compared to $893,000 for the corresponding quarter of 1995.  The
increase was due to interest expense associated with
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
the acquisitions of the Oklahoma City dealerships and related inventories, which
were  financed  primarily with  debt. This  increase was  partially offset  by a
reduction in the Company's interest  expense at its Amarillo dealerships  caused
by  lower levels of floorplan financing due  to fewer vehicles held in inventory
during the first quarter of 1996 compared with the first quarter of 1995.
 
    NET INCOME
 
    As a result of the factors  noted above, the Company's net income  increased
by  396.9% to $1.6 million in the first  quarter of 1996 compared to $322,000 in
the first quarter of 1995.
 
1995 VERSUS 1994
 
    REVENUES
 
    The Company's total revenue increased 29.9%  to $236.2 million in 1995  from
$181.8  million in 1994. New vehicle sales  increased 26.1% to $114.5 million in
1995 from  $90.8 million  in  1994, primarily  because  of the  acquisitions  in
February  and December 1995,  respectively, of the  Company's Performance Nissan
and Performance Dodge dealerships in Oklahoma City. The inclusion of the results
of these two dealerships accounted for  64.7% of the Company's overall  increase
in new vehicle sales in 1995. The remainder of the increase in new vehicle sales
in  1995 was largely attributable  to a net increase in  sales volume of 9.2% at
the Company's dealerships in Amarillo, which the Company believes was  primarily
due  to changes  in inventory  mix, population growth  and, to  a lesser extent,
increases in new vehicle sales prices.
 
    Used vehicle  sales increased  35.1% to  $98.5 million  in 1995  from  $72.9
million  in 1994. The  inclusion of the  results of the  Company's Oklahoma City
dealerships accounted  for 68.8%  of this  increase in  used vehicle  sales.  In
addition,  the  Company's Quality  Nissan  dealership in  Amarillo,  which began
selling used vehicles in May 1994, accounted for 16.4% of the Company's  overall
increase  in used vehicle sales in 1995. The Company attributes the remainder of
the increase in its used vehicle sales in 1995 to increases in volume  resulting
from  improvements  in  stocking and  selling  used  vehicles in  demand  in the
Amarillo market  and an  increase of  approximately 18%  in the  average  retail
selling price per vehicle sold related in part to increases in retail prices and
in part to changes in the vehicle mix.
 
    The  Company's other operating revenue increased  28.9% to $23.2 million for
1995, compared to $18.0  million for 1994  largely due to  the inclusion of  the
Company's  Oklahoma  City dealerships  in the  1995  results of  operations. The
addition of the Oklahoma City dealerships accounted for approximately 77% of the
increase in other operating revenue. The Company attributes the remainder of the
increase mainly to an increase in parts and service sales by its dealerships  in
Amarillo,  which the  Company believes  was caused  by population  growth in the
Amarillo market,  and to  an increase  in the  Amarillo dealerships'  F&I  sales
caused  by the  growth in  vehicle sales and  an increase  in the  volume of F&I
products sold by the Company, such  as extended warranties and credit  insurance
policies.
 
    GROSS PROFIT
 
    Gross  profit increased 32.5% in 1995 to $37.5 million from $28.3 million in
1994 primarily  due  to  the  Oklahoma  City  dealerships.  Gross  profit  as  a
percentage  of sales increased to 15.9% in 1995 from 15.6% in 1994. The increase
in gross margin was principally caused  by higher gross margins on used  vehicle
sales and parts and service sales, which were partially offset by a reduction in
the  gross margin on new vehicles. The increase in gross margin on used vehicles
was primarily due to the success of the Company's strategy to mirror the  market
in  Amarillo. The new vehicle margin declined because the Company purchased more
new vehicles from  other dealers in  1995, at prices  above what the  automakers
would  have charged, due to General Motors' inability to supply the Company with
its desired mix of the more popular-selling models.
 
    The  Company's  gross  margin  on  used  vehicle  sales  increased  due   to
improvements  by the Company in stocking and  selling used vehicles in demand in
its local markets and fewer used vehicle sales to other dealers and  wholesalers
(which  sales are frequently at or below  cost). In 1995, 23.0% of the Company's
used vehicle sales were to other dealers and wholesalers as compared to 31.2% in
1994.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
    The Company's overall gross margin also improved in 1995 due to higher parts
and service margins resulting from increased labor efficiencies in its parts and
service work, including the use of a variable pricing system that reflected  the
difficulty   and   sophistication   of   different   types   of   repairs,   and
productivity-based compensation for its parts and service teams.
 
    SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES; MANAGEMENT FEES
 
    The Company's  selling, general  and  administrative expenses  increased  to
$25.6  million, or 10.9% of the Company's  revenues, in 1995 from $18.5 million,
or 10.2% of total revenues, in 1994. Expenses associated with the Oklahoma  City
dealerships  acquired by the Company in  1995 accounted for approximately 79% of
this increase. The Company attributes the remainder of the increase in  selling,
general  and administrative expenses primarily  to higher compensation levels in
1995 and to  an increase in  advertising expenses. Due  primarily to  transition
costs,  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  of  the  Oklahoma City
dealerships represented 15.2% of the total revenue in 1995, compared with  10.0%
for the Company's Amarillo dealerships.
 
    The  Company's management fees increased 34.4%  to $4.3 million in 1995 from
$3.2 million in 1994.
 
    INTEREST EXPENSE
 
    The Company's interest expense in 1995 increased 56.0% to $3.9 million  from
$2.5 million in 1994. The Company attributes 38.4% of this increase to floorplan
financing  at the Company's Oklahoma City  dealership acquired in February 1995.
The remainder of the increase primarily  reflects higher levels of flooring  due
to  higher vehicle inventories in 1995 as  compared to 1994, interest expense on
the debt incurred to acquire Performance Nissan and an increase in the financing
rate charged by GMAC during 1995.
 
    NET INCOME
 
    The Company's net income  in 1995 decreased 8.3%  to $2.2 million from  $2.4
million  in 1994. This  decrease was principally  caused by an  increase of $1.1
million in  management  fees in  1995.  Excluding management  fees,  which  were
eliminated  beginning in 1996, the Company's  net income would have increased by
13.1% to $4.9 million in 1995.
 
1994 VERSUS 1993
 
    REVENUES
 
    Total revenues increased  9.9% to $181.8  million in 1994  as compared  with
$165.4  million in  1993. New vehicle  sales were relatively  unchanged at $90.8
million in 1994 compared with $91.0 million  in 1993. The slight decline in  new
vehicle  sales  was  attributable  to  the  Company's  inability  to  obtain  an
appropriate mix  of  new  Chevrolet  vehicles to  meet  customer  demand  and  a
disruption  in  sales  because  of  the  relocation  of  one  of  the  Company's
dealerships during the year.  These factors were mitigated  by increases in  new
vehicle  sales at two of the Company's  dealerships because of a higher level of
truck sales and an increase in the average new vehicle retail sales price.
 
    Used vehicle sales increased  23.1% to $72.9 million  in 1994 compared  with
$59.2  million  in  1993.  This  increase  was  primarily  attributable  to  the
introduction of used  vehicles at  one of the  Company's dealerships  and to  an
increase  in the  volume of  used vehicle  inventory sold  to other  dealers and
wholesalers.
 
    The Company's other operating  revenue increased 18.4%  to $18.0 million  in
1994  from $15.2  million in  1993. An  increase of  20.8% in  parts and service
revenue was largely  due to  sales originating  from newly  renovated parts  and
service  facilities at one  of the Company's dealerships.  The increase in parts
and service revenue  also was the  result of inventory  management systems  that
were  implemented in 1993. The Company's  other operating revenue also increased
in 1994 due  to a  net increase  of 8.1% in  the level  of F&I  activity at  the
Company's  dealerships, which was directly related  to a greater volume of sales
of used vehicles at the Company's dealerships.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
    GROSS PROFIT
 
    Gross profit increased 10.1% to $28.3 million in 1994 from $25.7 million  in
1993  primarily  because of  increased profits  in parts  and service  sales and
higher profits on new vehicle sales primarily due to an increase in truck sales,
which typically carry a higher margin  than new car sales. Overall gross  profit
as a percentage of sales remained unchanged at 15.6% in 1994 and 1993.
 
    SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES; MANAGEMENT FEES
 
    The  Company's  selling, general  and  administrative expenses  increased to
$18.5 million in 1994, which represented a slight decline in SG&A expenses as  a
percentage  of sales to 10.2% in 1994 compared to 10.4% in 1993. This percentage
decrease was primarily attributable to the higher volume of sales in 1994.
 
    Management fees increased  28.0% to $3.2  million in 1994  compared to  $2.5
million in 1993. This increase was primarily due to increased profitability.
 
    INTEREST EXPENSE
 
    The  Company's interest expense increased 19.0% to $2.5 million in 1994 from
$2.1 million  in  1993. This  increase  was  attributable to  higher  levels  of
floorplan  financing caused by  increased levels of  inventory, interest on debt
incurred in connection with the relocation  of one of the Company's  dealerships
and a general increase in interest rates.
 
    NET INCOME
 
    As  a result of the factors noted  above, the Company's net income increased
20.0% to $2.4 million in 1994 from $2.0 million in 1993.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
SELECTED QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following tables set forth the Company's results of operations data  for
the quarterly periods presented. This presentation should be read in conjunction
with  the audited  and unaudited financial  statements of  the Company appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus. Because of the seasonal nature of its business and
based on  past experience,  the Company  expects its  operating income  for  the
fourth  quarter  to  be  lower  than that  of  the  second  and  third quarters.
Historically, the Company's first quarter  results of operations also are  lower
than  those of the second  and third quarters. However,  due to the particularly
high volume of  sales in the  first quarter  of 1996, the  Company's results  of
operations  for  the first  and second  quarters  of 1996  may not  reflect this
historical pattern.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            QUARTER ENDED
                                                   ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    MARCH 31,   JUNE 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,  DECEMBER 31,   MARCH 31,
                                                    1995 (1)      1995         1995         1995 (2)       1996
                                                   -----------  ---------  -------------  ------------  -----------
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                <C>          <C>        <C>            <C>           <C>
Revenues:
  New vehicle sales..............................   $  23,840   $  29,789    $  31,521     $   29,344    $  34,649
  Used vehicle sales.............................      21,237      26,598       26,016         24,639       29,360
  Other operating revenues.......................       4,990       5,891        6,281          6,049        7,220
                                                   -----------  ---------  -------------  ------------  -----------
    Total revenues...............................      50,067      62,278       63,818         60,032       71,229
Cost of sales....................................      42,449      52,022       53,374         50,857       59,896
                                                   -----------  ---------  -------------  ------------  -----------
Gross profit.....................................       7,618      10,256       10,444          9,175       11,333
  Selling, general and administrative expenses...       5,377       6,580        6,685          6,987        7,537
  Depreciation and amortization..................         224         248          240            240          353
  Management fees (3)............................         798       1,357        1,393            770       --
                                                   -----------  ---------  -------------  ------------  -----------
Operating income.................................       1,219       2,071        2,126          1,178        3,443
Interest expense, net............................        (704)       (823)        (749)          (813)        (975)
                                                   -----------  ---------  -------------  ------------  -----------
Income before income taxes.......................         515       1,248        1,377            365        2,468
Income tax expense...............................         193         466          515            136          913
                                                   -----------  ---------  -------------  ------------  -----------
Net income.......................................   $     322   $     782    $     862     $      229    $   1,555
                                                   -----------  ---------  -------------  ------------  -----------
                                                   -----------  ---------  -------------  ------------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1)  Includes results of operations for  Performance Nissan, Inc. from  February
     2, 1995.
(2)  Includes results of operations for Performance Dodge, Inc. from December 4,
     1995.
(3)  Discontinued beginning in 1996.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                QUARTER ENDED
                                                   ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    MARCH 31,     JUNE 30,     SEPTEMBER 30,    DECEMBER 31,    MARCH 31,
                                                     1995 (1)       1995           1995           1995 (2)         1996
                                                   ------------  -----------  ---------------  --------------  ------------
<S>                                                <C>           <C>          <C>              <C>             <C>
Revenues:
  New vehicle sales..............................        47.6%        47.8%          49.4%           48.9%           48.6%
  Used vehicle sales.............................        42.4         42.7           40.8            41.0            41.2
  Other operating revenues.......................        10.0          9.5            9.8            10.1            10.2
                                                        -----        -----          -----           -----           -----
    Total revenues...............................       100.0        100.0          100.0           100.0           100.0
Cost of sales....................................        84.8         83.5           83.6            84.7            84.1
                                                        -----        -----          -----           -----           -----
Gross profit.....................................        15.2         16.5           16.4            15.3            15.9
  Selling, general and administrative............        10.7         10.6           10.5            11.6            10.6
  Depreciation and amortization..................         0.5          0.4            0.4             0.4             0.5
  Management fees (3)............................         1.6          2.2            2.2             1.3           --
                                                        -----        -----          -----           -----           -----
Operating income.................................         2.4          3.3            3.3             2.0             4.8
Interest expense, net............................        (1.4)        (1.3)          (1.2)           (1.4)           (1.3)
                                                        -----        -----          -----           -----           -----
Income before income taxes.......................         1.0          2.0            2.1             0.6             3.5
Income tax expense...............................         0.4          0.7            0.8             0.2             1.3
                                                        -----        -----          -----           -----           -----
Net income.......................................         0.6%         1.3%           1.3%            0.4%            2.2%
                                                        -----        -----          -----           -----           -----
                                                        -----        -----          -----           -----           -----
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1)  Includes  results of operations for  Performance Nissan, Inc. from February
     2, 1995.
(2)  Includes results of operations for Performance Dodge, Inc. from December 4,
     1995.
(3)  Discontinued beginning in 1996.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    The Company requires cash primarily for  financing its inventory of new  and
used  vehicles and  replacement parts,  acquisitions of  additional dealerships,
capital  expenditures   and  transition   expenses   in  connection   with   its
acquisitions.  Historically, the  Company has  met these  liquidity requirements
primarily through  cash  flow  generated from  operating  activities,  floorplan
financing and borrowings under credit agreements with GMAC and commercial banks.
Floorplan  financing from  GMAC represents the  primary source  of financing for
vehicle inventories.
 
    The Company finances its purchases  of new vehicle inventory (including  its
Dodge  and Nissan  vehicles) with  GMAC. The  Company also  maintains a  line of
credit with GMAC  for the  financing of used  vehicles, pursuant  to which  GMAC
provides financing for up to 80% of the cost of used vehicles that are less than
five  years old and that have been driven fewer than 70,000 miles. GMAC receives
a security interest  in all inventory  it finances. The  Company must repay  all
indebtedness  with respect to  any vehicle sold  within two days  of the sale of
such vehicle by the  Company. The Company periodically  negotiates the terms  of
its  financing  with GMAC,  including the  interest rate.  In 1995,  the average
annual interest rate under the GMAC floor  plan was 8.6%. As of March 31,  1996,
the Company had outstanding floorplan debt of $33.3 million at an average annual
interest rate of 8.0%.
 
    From  time to time the  Company also finances its  purchases of new and used
vehicles, replacement parts and  short-term receivables through borrowings  from
commercial  banks  at  various  rates.  At  May  31,  1996,  there  was  no such
indebtedness outstanding.
 
    During the first  three months of  1996, the Company  generated net cash  of
$8.5  million from operating activities. Net  cash used for operating activities
was $6.4 million in 1995 and  was primarily attributable to increased  inventory
levels  and accounts receivable, partially offset  by increased sales of Company
warranties and increased accounts payable.  The increase in inventory levels  in
1995  reflects an increase  in the volume  of sales and  the timing of shipments
from the manufacturer. Increased receivables  reflect increased sales near  year
end  primarily attributable to  the Oklahoma City  dealerships acquired in 1995.
The Company generated net cash from operations of $5.0 million and $2.4  million
in 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
    Cash  used for investing activities was approximately $300,000 for the first
three months  of 1996  and related  primarily to  acquisitions of  property  and
equipment. Cash used for investing activities was $1.8 million, $1.8 million and
$1.7  million in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively, including $1.5 million, $1.8
million and $0.8 million  of capital expenditures  during such periods.  Capital
expenditures in 1995 were primarily attributable to expenditures for renovations
at  the Amarillo dealerships and expenditures  related to the Company's Oklahoma
City dealerships. Capital expenditures in 1994 consisted of $1.8 million of cash
expended  for  capital  improvements  at  the  Company's  Amarillo  dealerships,
including expenditures in connection with the relocation of Quality Nissan, Inc.
 
    The Company's capital expenditures for the nine months remaining in 1996 are
expected  to approximate $600,000 relating to capital improvements to one of the
Company's service departments. The Company anticipates that cash from operations
will be sufficient to fund its planned capital expenditures for the remainder of
1996.  The  Company  has  entered  into  an  agreement  to  complete  the  Dodge
Acquisition for approximately $13.5 million in cash and warrants to acquire $1.0
million  of Common Stock at the initial  public offering price. In addition, the
Company may purchase some or all  of the used vehicle inventory associated  with
the  Dodge Acquisition at a price to be agreed. See "Business -- Growth Strategy
- -- Acquisitions." The Company  currently anticipates that  it will finance  this
acquisition  with  a  portion  of  the proceeds  of  the  Offering.  The Company
anticipates that any future acquisitions will be financed with proceeds from the
Offering, issuance of stock or  debt or a combination  of cash, stock and  debt.
There  can be no assurance that such financial resources will be available or be
available on favorable terms.
 
    Cash used by  financing activities amounted  to $6.2 million  for the  first
three  months of  1996 and was  primarily attributable to  the Company's reduced
levels of inventory  in the first  quarter of  1996. In 1995,  cash provided  by
financing  activities reflected the increase in inventories, resulting in a $6.5
million increase in floorplan debt. At  March 31, 1996, the Company's long  term
indebtedness totaled $11.5 million, primarily attributable to the Company's real
estate  holdings,  with  the  remainder  consisting  primarily  of  indebtedness
incurred in  connection  with prior  acquisitions.  Cash provided  by  financing
activities  totaled approximately $11.6  million in 1995 compared  with a use of
cash of $0.7  million in  1994. This  fluctuation is  primarily attributable  to
increases in inventory levels financed with floorplan debt.
 
    The  Company believes that its operations  will generate sufficient funds to
run the Company's  business in  the ordinary course  and fund  its debt  service
requirements.  The  Company estimates  that  it will  incur  a tax  liability of
approximately $4.0 million  in connection with  the change in  its tax basis  of
accounting for inventory from LIFO to FIFO. The Company believes that it will be
required  to  pay this  liability  in three  to  six equal  annual installments,
beginning in  March  1997,  and believes  that  it  will be  able  to  pay  such
obligation with cash provided by operations.
 
SEASONALITY
 
    The  Company generally experiences  a higher volume of  new and used vehicle
sales in the second  and third quarters  of each year.  If the Company  acquires
dealerships  in other markets, it may be  affected by other seasonal or consumer
buying trends. See "-- Selected Quarterly Results of Operations."
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
OVERVIEW
 
    The Company owns and operates  six franchised automobile dealerships in  the
Amarillo,  Texas and Oklahoma City, Oklahoma markets. Through these dealerships,
the Company sells new and used cars and light trucks, arranges related financing
and insurance,  sells replacement  parts and  provides vehicle  maintenance  and
repair services.
 
    The  Company's founder and  Chief Executive Officer,  Bill A. Gilliland, has
managed automobile  dealerships  since 1966  and  acquired the  Company's  first
dealership, Quality Nissan, Inc. in Amarillo, in 1982. The Company continued its
growth  in the  Amarillo area by  acquiring three Chevrolet  dealerships, two of
which have been in continuous operation (under various owners) since the  1920s.
The  Company  is the  exclusive  Chevrolet and  Nissan  dealer in  Amarillo. The
Company led the Amarillo  market in vehicle unit  sales in 1995, accounting  for
approximately  36% of new vehicle unit sales and 25% of used vehicle unit sales.
In 1995, the Company entered the Oklahoma City market through the acquisition of
a Nissan dealership  in February  and a Dodge  dealership in  December. In  June
1996,  the  Company entered  into an  agreement to  make the  Dodge Acquisition,
pursuant to which the Company would purchase another Dodge dealership located in
the Oklahoma City market which  is one of the  largest Dodge dealerships in  the
United  States. With this  acquisition, the Company believes  that, based on pro
forma revenue, it would  have been one  of the 50 largest  dealer groups out  of
more than 15,000 dealer groups nationwide in 1995.
 
    As a result of the Company's business strategy, including the acquisition of
new  dealerships, the Company's sales have  increased from $74.5 million in 1991
to $236.2 million  in 1995.  Including the full  year effect  of the  dealership
acquired  in December  1995, the Company's  1995 sales were  $294.7 million. The
Company believes that its business strategy and operations have also enabled  it
to  achieve a level of profitability superior  to the industry average. In 1995,
the Company's gross profit margin was 15.9%, compared to the industry average of
12.9%. The Company's business strategy includes:
 
    EFFECTIVELY  SERVING  ITS   TARGET  CUSTOMERS.     The  Company's   existing
dealerships,  which together offer  the complete lines  of Chevrolet, Nissan and
Dodge vehicles,  focus  primarily  on middle-income  buyers  seeking  moderately
priced  vehicles  that  can  be  financed  with  relatively  affordable  monthly
payments. The  Company  believes that  working  closely with  its  customers  to
identify  appropriate  vehicles  and  offering  suitable  financing  and  credit
insurance products enhances  the Company's overall  profitability by  increasing
the  percentage of  vehicle purchases  financed through  its dealerships  and by
reducing the subsequent default rate on  such financing contracts. In 1995,  the
Company  arranged financing for  approximately 76% of its  sales of new vehicles
and 83% of its sales of used vehicles, as compared to 42% and 51%, respectively,
for the average automobile dealership in the U.S.
 
    OPERATING MULTIPLE DEALERSHIPS IN SELECTED  MARKETS.  By operating  multiple
dealerships  within individual  markets, the Company  seeks to  become a leading
automotive dealer  in each  market that  it serves.  This strategy  enables  the
Company  to  achieve economies  of scale  in advertising,  inventory management,
management information systems and corporate overhead. In 1995, the Company  was
the  market share leader in the  Amarillo vicinity, accounting for approximately
28% of the new car market and 46% of the new truck market. In Oklahoma City, the
combined market  shares  in  1995  for  the  Company's  existing  Oklahoma  City
dealerships were 2% and 7% of new car and truck sales, respectively. The Company
estimates  that, including the Dodge  Acquisition, the Company's combined market
shares in Oklahoma City would have been 4% of the new car market and 15% of  the
new truck market in 1995, or 8% of total new vehicle sales.
 
    MAINTAINING  DISCIPLINED INVENTORY  MANAGEMENT.   The Company  believes that
maintaining a vehicle mix that matches  market demand is critical to  dealership
profitability.  The  Company's policy  is  to maintain  a  60-day supply  of new
vehicles and a  39-day supply  of used  vehicles. If  a new  vehicle remains  in
inventory  for 120 days,  or a used  vehicle for 60  days, the Company typically
disposes of  the vehicle  by selling  it to  another dealer  or wholesaler.  The
Company believes that this policy enhances profitability by increasing inventory
turnover  and reducing carrying costs. If the Company cannot obtain a sufficient
supply of  popular  models  from  the manufacturers,  it  purchases  the  needed
vehicles from other franchised dealers throughout the
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
United  States. For example,  because Chevrolet trucks  are popular in Amarillo,
the  Company  purchases  trucks  from  Chevrolet  dealers  in  other  cities  to
supplement its allocation of trucks from Chevrolet. In managing its used vehicle
inventory,  the Company attempts to  mirror the market by  tracking new and used
vehicle sales within its  region and maintaining an  inventory mix that  matches
consumer demand.
 
    EMPLOYING  PROFIT-BASED MANAGEMENT COMPENSATION.   Cross-Country Auto uses a
management compensation system that differentiates it from most other automobile
dealerships. The Company believes that at many other auto dealerships the  heads
of  each sales department (new vehicles,  used vehicles and F&I) are compensated
based on  the profitability  or sales  volumes of  their own  departments.  This
method  of compensation does not encourage cooperation among departments and can
affect overall  profitability of  the dealership.  At Cross-Country  Auto,  each
dealership's  general manager and sales managers are trained in F&I analysis and
receive bonuses based on the profitability of overall vehicle sales and  related
F&I income. The Company believes that this compensation system promotes teamwork
and encourages each management team to maximize overall profitability.
 
    UTILIZING  TECHNOLOGY THROUGHOUT OPERATIONS.   The Company  believes that it
has  achieved   a  competitive   advantage  in   its  markets   by   integrating
computer-based  systems into  all aspects  of its  operations. The  Company uses
computer-based technology to monitor each dealership's gross profit,  permitting
senior  management to  gauge each  dealership's daily  and monthly  gross margin
"pace" and to quickly identify areas requiring additional focus. Sales  managers
also  utilize  a  computer system  to  design  for each  customer  an affordable
financing and insurance  package that  maximizes the Company's  total profit  on
each  transaction. Computer technology is also an integral part of the inventory
management system for new and used vehicles and vehicle parts.
 
    ACHIEVING HIGH LEVELS OF CUSTOMER SATISFACTION.  Customer satisfaction and a
dealer's reputation for fairness are key competitive factors and are crucial for
establishing long-term customer loyalty.  Cross-Country Auto's sales process  is
intended  to satisfy customers by providing high-quality vehicles that customers
can afford. A customer's  experience with the parts  and service departments  at
the  Company's dealerships  can also positively  influence overall satisfaction.
The Company  strives to  train its  service managers  as professionals,  employs
state-of-the-art  service equipment,  maintains a  computer-managed inventory of
replacement parts,  and provides  clean  service and  waiting areas  to  enhance
customers' post-sale experience.
 
GROWTH STRATEGY -- ACQUISITIONS
 
    The   Company  intends  to  expand  its  business  by  acquiring  additional
dealerships and seeks to improve  their profitability through implementation  of
the Company's business strategies. The Company believes that its management team
has  considerable experience in evaluating  potential acquisition candidates and
determining whether a particular dealership can be successfully integrated  into
the   Company's  existing  operations.  Based  on  trends  affecting  automobile
dealerships, the Company also believes that an increasing number of  acquisition
opportunities will become available to the Company. See "Industry Overview."
 
    In   June  1996,  the   Company  entered  into   an  agreement  to  purchase
substantially all of the operating assets and the dealership franchise of one of
the largest Dodge dealerships in the United States. The Company estimates  that,
including  the sales of this dealership, its  combined market share of total new
vehicle unit sales in Oklahoma City  would have increased from approximately  4%
to  approximately  8% overall  for 1995.  In  addition to  providing a  means of
increasing  its  local  market  share,  the  Company  believes  that  the  Dodge
Acquisition  will provide the  Company with the opportunity  to benefit from the
economies of scale  that it seeks  in expanding its  local presence in  targeted
markets.
 
    In  the Dodge Acquisition,  the Company has  agreed to pay  $13.5 million in
cash and issue warrants to the seller to acquire $1.0 million of Common Stock at
the initial public offering price. In addition, the Company may purchase some or
all of the  used vehicle inventory  associated with the  Dodge Acquisition at  a
price  to be agreed. The acquisition is subject to customary closing conditions,
including the receipt of approval from the Dodge division of Chrysler.  Although
there  can  be no  assurance that  such approval  will be  obtained or  that the
closing will  occur,  the  Company anticipates  completing  the  acquisition  by
September 1996.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
    The Company intends to continue to focus its acquisition search primarily on
markets  that have fewer dealerships relative to the size of the population than
the national average. The Company believes that the most attractive markets  for
acquisitions  currently exist  in selected  cities in  the Western  and Southern
regions
of the United States. As part of its strategy to acquire a leading market  share
in  any targeted  market, the  Company intends  to focus  its efforts  on dealer
groups that own  multiple franchises  in a  single city,  as well  as on  large,
single-dealer franchises possessing significant market share. Other criteria for
evaluating  potential acquisitions will include the dealership or dealer group's
current profitability, the quality of its management team, its local  reputation
with  customers,  and  its location  along  an interstate  highway  or principal
thoroughfare.  The  Company  plans  to  evaluate  acquisition  candidates  on  a
case-by-case  basis, and there  can be no assurance  that future acquisitions by
the Company will have all or any of these characteristics.
 
    Upon completion  of each  acquisition, the  Company plans  to implement  its
sales   methods  and   philosophy,  computer-supported   management  system  and
profit-based compensation plan in an effort to enhance the acquired dealership's
overall profitability.  Cross-Country Auto  intends to  focus initially  on  any
underperforming departments within the acquired entity that the Company believes
may yield the most rapid marginal improvements in operating results. The Company
anticipates  that  it will  take two  to  three years  to integrate  an acquired
dealership into the  Company's operations and  realize the full  benefit of  the
Company's  strategies and systems. There can  be no assurance, however, that the
profitability of any acquired dealership will equal that achieved to date by the
Company's existing  dealerships.  See "Risk  Factors  -- Risks  Associated  with
Expansion."
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
    In  1995, franchised automobile dealers in  the United States sold over $290
billion in new cars and  light trucks and $180  billion in used vehicles.  After
growing at an average rate of 7.1% each year from 1991 through 1994, new vehicle
unit  sales declined 2.0%  in 1995. However,  total franchised dealership dollar
sales increased 7.0% during 1995, primarily  due to increased used vehicle  unit
sales,  increased parts and service revenues and inflation. Automobile sales are
affected by many factors, including rates of employment, income growth, interest
rates, weather  patterns  and  other national  and  local  economic  conditions,
automotive  innovations  and general  consumer sentiment.  See "Risk  Factors --
Mature Industry; Cyclical and Local Nature of Automobile Sales."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      UNITED STATES FRANCHISED DEALERS' VEHICLE SALES
                                                                   -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                     1991       1992       1993       1994       1995
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                         (UNITS IN MILLIONS; DOLLARS IN BILLIONS)
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
New vehicle unit sales...........................................       12.3       12.9       13.9       15.1       14.8
New vehicle sales revenue........................................  $   182.9  $   191.7  $   225.1  $   261.8  $   293.3
Used vehicle unit sales*.........................................       14.2       14.6       14.8       15.1       15.7
Used vehicle sales revenue*......................................  $   114.1  $   130.0  $   146.0  $   167.8  $   181.7
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
*Reflects franchised dealerships  sales at  retail and  wholesale. In  addition,
 sales  by  independent retail  used car  and truck  dealers were  $77.2, $81.0,
 $100.3, $134.1 and  $129.7 billion, respectively,  for each of  the five  years
 ended December 31, 1995.
 
Sources: NADA; CNW Market Research.
 
    In  the  early  years  of the  automobile  industry,  automakers established
franchised dealership networks  for the  distribution of  their vehicles.  Under
these  franchise arrangements,  automakers agreed  to distribute  their vehicles
exclusively  through  their  dealer  network.  In  return,  under  these   early
arrangements automakers sought to prevent dealers from selling other automakers'
vehicles,  limited the  transferability of  ownership interests  in dealerships,
forced dealerships to accept vehicle  inventory, defined the territory in  which
dealers  could market their  vehicles and retained the  right to franchise other
dealerships in  those  geographic areas.  Most  dealer agreements  currently  in
effect  continue to require manufacturer approval  for the transfer of ownership
of a  dealership. Typically,  however, these  agreements require  automakers  to
reasonably  consider any acquisition request,  taking into account the acquiring
dealer's capital resources, industry experience and general reputation.
 
    Pressure  from  dealers  and  state  legislative  developments  have  caused
automakers  to ease a number of these restrictions during the last 50 years. For
example, dealers may not have their franchises terminated
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
without good cause, may designate family members as successors to their business
and may not  be forced to  accept unordered inventory.  In addition, although  a
dealership's  agreement with the automaker does not provide for exclusivity with
respect to  the  brand of  cars  and trucks  sold  by the  dealership  within  a
particular  geographic  area,  many  states now  have  licensing  and procedural
requirements that may impede the ability of another dealership selling the  same
brand to enter a geographic market already served by a dealership.
 
    Until  the  1960s,  dealerships typically  were  owned and  operated  by one
individual who  controlled one  franchise.  Competitive and  economic  pressures
during  the  1970s and  1980s,  particularly the  oil  embargo of  1973  and the
subsequent loss  of  market share  experienced  by U.S.  auto  manufacturers  to
imported   vehicles,  forced   many  dealerships  to   close  or   sell  out  to
better-capitalized  dealer  groups.  Continued  economic  pressure  on  dealers,
combined with the easing of restrictions against multiple dealer ownership, have
led to further consolidation in the industry.
 
    According  to  AUTOMOTIVE NEWS,  the  number of  franchised  dealerships has
declined from 36,336 dealerships in 1960  to 22,288 in 1996. This  consolidation
has  resulted  in fewer  and larger  dealer groups.  AUTOMOTIVE NEWS'  data also
reflect that each of the  largest 100 dealer groups  (ranked by unit sales)  had
more  than approximately $150 million in  revenues in 1995. Although significant
consolidation has taken place among dealerships since 1960, the industry remains
highly fragmented.  The Company  estimates that  the largest  100 dealer  groups
generated  less than 10%  of total revenues, and  controlled approximately 5% of
all franchise dealerships, in the retail vehicle market in 1995.
 
    The Company believes  that further  consolidation of  automobile dealers  is
likely  due to the increased capital  requirements of dealerships, the fact that
many dealerships are owned by individuals nearing retirement age and the  desire
of  certain automakers to strengthen their brand identity by consolidating their
franchised dealerships. Cross-Country Auto  believes that an opportunity  exists
for  dealership groups with significant equity capital and experience in running
dealerships to purchase additional franchises either for cash, stock, debt or  a
combination  and  that being  able to  offer prospective  sellers tax-advantaged
transactions  through  the  use  of  publicly  traded  stock  will,  in  certain
circumstances, make Cross-Country Auto a more attractive acquiror to prospective
sellers.
 
    As with retailers generally, auto dealership profitability varies widely and
depends  in part  on the effective  management of  inventory, marketing, quality
control  and  responsiveness  to   customers.  Since  1991,  retail   automobile
dealerships  in the United States have earned on average between 12.9% and 14.1%
total gross margin on sales. New  vehicle sales were the smallest  proportionate
contributors to dealers' gross profits during this period, most recently earning
an  average gross margin  of 6.5% in  1995. Used vehicles  provided higher gross
margins than new vehicles during this period, with an average used vehicle gross
margin of 11.5% in 1995.  Dealerships also offer a  range of other services  and
products,  including  repair  and  warranty  work,  replacement  parts, extended
warranty  coverage,  financing  and  credit  insurance.  In  1995,  the  average
dealership's revenue from parts and service was about 12.4% of its total sales.
 
DEALERSHIP OPERATIONS
 
    Four of the Company's six dealerships are in or within 10 miles of Amarillo,
Texas  and two  are in  suburban areas of  Oklahoma City,  Oklahoma. The Company
derived  approximately  71%  of  its  gross  profit  from  its  three  Chevrolet
dealerships in the Amarillo area in 1995. The Company's retail unit sales of new
and
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
used  vehicles in  1995 totalled more  than 11,500, compared  with the Company's
estimate of under 1,000 for the average franchised dealer in the United  States.
The  Company's sales, by market area on a  pro forma basis, for 1995 and for the
first three months of 1996 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            COMPANY DEALERSHIPS
                                                                   -------------------------------------
                                                                   AMARILLO   OKLAHOMA CITY
                                                                    MARKET      MARKET (1)      TOTAL
                                                                   ---------  --------------  ----------
                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>             <C>
1995 SALES
New vehicles.....................................................  $  99,164   $     42,612   $  141,776
Used vehicles....................................................     80,901         40,949      121,850
Other operating revenue (2)......................................     19,224         11,872       31,096
 
FIRST QUARTER 1996 SALES
New vehicles.....................................................     24,086         10,563       34,649
Used vehicles....................................................     21,774          7,586       29,360
Other operating revenue (2)......................................      4,683          2,537        7,220
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1)  Figures shown are full-year sales figures for Performance Nissan, which the
     Company acquired February  2, 1995,  and for Performance  Dodge, which  the
     Company acquired December 4, 1995.
(2)  Primarily  includes sales of parts and service (including at wholesale) and
     F&I income.
 
    Each of the Company's dealerships has a general manager who oversees all  of
the  operations of that dealership. In  addition, each dealership's new vehicle,
used vehicle, parts and service, and F&I departments have managers who supervise
the employees  in their  departments  and report  to that  dealership's  general
manager.  All general  managers report to  the Company's senior  management on a
daily basis.  The  Company's  senior  management  tracks  the  daily  sales  and
inventory  turnover of each dealership. In addition to reporting directly to the
general manager,  the department  managers  of each  dealership also  work  with
Cross-Country Auto's central management staff, which includes specialists in new
and  used vehicle inventory management and control, parts and service operations
and finance and insurance.
 
    NEW VEHICLE  SALES.   The Company's  dealerships sell  the complete  product
lines  of new  cars and light  trucks manufactured by  General Motors' Chevrolet
division, the  Nissan division  of  Nissan Motors  Corp. U.S.A.  ("Nissan")  and
Chrysler's Dodge division. Approximately 67% of new vehicles sold by the Company
in  1995 were light trucks, as compared to  41.5% of all U.S. new vehicles sold,
as reported by Automotive News. The Company believes that its new vehicle  sales
mix  is influenced  by regional preferences  as well as  the Company's inventory
management policies. The Company believes that its mix of light trucks, as  well
as its personalized sales approach, permit it to achieve higher gross margins on
new  vehicle sales than  the industry average. The  Company earned gross margins
for new vehicle sales of 12.1% in 1995, as compared to the industry average  for
1995 of 6.5%.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  COMPANY'S NEW VEHICLE SALES
                                                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   1991         1992         1993         1994          1995
                                                -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ------------
                                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                             <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Unit sales....................................      2,674        4,173        4,978        4,468         5,547
Sales revenue.................................  $  41,812    $  72,659    $  91,012    $  90,804    $  114,494
Gross margin..................................        9.0%        10.6%        11.8%        12.5%         12.1%
</TABLE>
 
    The  Company  also arranges  traditional  retail lease  transactions  in the
Oklahoma City market  and lease-type  transactions (such  as GMAC's  "smart-buy"
program)  in  the  Amarillo  market.  The Company  does  not  believe  that such
leasing-related activities  have significantly  affected  its business  or  will
affect its business to a substantially greater degree in the future. In addition
to its Chevrolet, Nissan and Dodge dealerships, the Company currently operates a
Kia  franchise at the Company's Westgate facility in Amarillo which had sales of
less than  1.0%  of  the  Company's  total  revenue  in  1995.  The  Company  is
negotiating  the sale of the Kia franchise and anticipates that it will complete
the sale  by  October 1996.  The  sales data  shown  above reflect  all  of  the
Company's  new vehicle  sales and  leasing-type transactions.  See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
    USED VEHICLE  SALES.    Used  vehicle  sales  have  become  an  increasingly
important part of the Company's overall profitability. The Company's retail used
car  and truck sales have grown from 2,029 units in 1991 to 6,170 units in 1995.
The Company attributes this growth, in part, to attractive product availability.
The quality  and selection  of  used vehicles  available  in the  industry  have
improved in the last several years primarily due to an increase in the number of
popular cars coming off short term leases. See "Risk Factors -- Competition." In
addition, increases in new vehicle prices have prompted a growing segment of the
vehicle-buying  population to  purchase used cars  and trucks.  The Company also
sells used vehicles  through its  wholly owned subsidiary  Working Man's  Credit
Plan,  Inc. ("Working Man's Credit"). Working Man's Credit sells primarily older
used vehicles and finances those purchases  for customers who, due to their  low
income  levels or past credit problems, may not be able to obtain credit for the
vehicles more  typically  sold  by  the  Company's  dealerships.  Working  Man's
Credit's sales accounted for less than 1.0% of the Company's total sales in each
of 1994 and 1995.
 
    The  Company believes that it  has enhanced its used  car and truck sales by
monitoring its  used  vehicle  inventory  on  a  daily  basis  and  distributing
inventory  to  the dealership  most  likely to  sell  a particular  vehicle. For
example, a Nissan  vehicle traded  in at any  one of  the Company's  dealerships
typically will be placed in one of the Company's Nissan dealerships. The Company
sells  used vehicles to retail  customers and, particularly in  the case of used
vehicles held  in  inventory  more  than  60  days,  to  other  dealers  and  to
wholesalers.  See "Inventory  Management." Excluding  inter-dealer and wholesale
transactions, the Company's  gross margin  on used  vehicle sales  was 13.7%  in
1995, as compared to the industry average for 1995 of 11.5%. The following table
reflects  all used  vehicle sale transactions  of the Company  from 1991 through
1995. See  "Management's  Discussion and  Analysis  of Financial  Condition  and
Results of Operations."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  COMPANY'S USED VEHICLE SALES
                                                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1991         1992         1993         1994         1995
                                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                              <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Retail unit sales..............................      2,029        3,009        4,532        4,816        6,170
Retail revenue.................................  $  17,130    $  28,059    $  44,655    $  50,019    $  75,677
Retail gross margin............................       11.9%        13.5%        16.5%        15.7%        13.7%
 
Wholesale unit sales...........................      2,163        3,396        4,983        5,201        5,372
Wholesale revenue..............................  $   7,347    $  12,354    $  14,538    $  22,897    $  22,813
Wholesale gross margin.........................       -2.9%        -3.6%        -8.2%        -6.0%        -3.4%
 
Total unit sales...............................      4,192        6,405        9,515       10,017       11,542
Total revenue..................................  $  24,477    $  40,413    $  59,193    $  72,916    $  98,490
Total gross margin.............................        7.4%         8.3%        10.4%         8.9%         9.8%
</TABLE>
 
    PARTS  AND SERVICE.   Historically, the automotive  repair industry has been
highly fragmented.  However, the  Company  believes that  the increased  use  of
electronics  and computers  in vehicles  has made  it difficult  for independent
repair shops to  retain the  expertise to  perform major  or technical  repairs.
Given  the increasing  technological complexity  of motor  vehicles and extended
warranty periods  for new  vehicles,  the Company  believes that  an  increasing
percentage  of  repair  work  will  take  place  at  dealerships  that  have the
sophisticated equipment and skilled personnel necessary to perform such repairs.
 
    The Company's parts and service business has grown along with the  Company's
growth in sales of new and used vehicles. The Company provides parts and service
primarily  for the vehicle makes sold by its dealerships but also services other
makes of vehicles. In 1995, the Company's parts and service operation  generated
gross  margins of 52.4%, including the sale of parts at wholesale to independent
repair shops. Excluding  the sale  of parts  at wholesale,  the Company's  gross
margin  for parts and service  would have been 63.3%  in 1995, which the Company
believes compares favorably to the industry average.
 
    The Company  attributes  its  profitability  in parts  and  service  to  its
comprehensive  management system, including  the use of  a variable rate pricing
structure,  the  adoption  of   a  team  concept   in  servicing  vehicles   and
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
the  cultivation  of  strong  customer  relationships  through  an  emphasis  on
preventive maintenance.  Also critical  to the  profitability of  the  Company's
parts  and service business is the  efficient management of parts inventory. See
"-- Inventory Management -- Parts."
 
    In charging  for its  mechanics' labor,  the Company  uses a  variable  rate
structure  designed to  reflect the  difficulty and  sophistication of different
types of repairs. The percentage mark-ups on parts are similarly varied based on
market conditions for different parts.  The Company believes that variable  rate
pricing helps the Company to achieve overall profit margins in parts and service
superior  to those  of certain  competitors who  rely on  fixed labor  rates and
percentage mark-ups.
 
    The Company also believes  that the profitability of  its parts and  service
business  is significantly enhanced  by its use of  teams in servicing vehicles.
Each vehicle that is brought into  one of the Company's dealerships for  service
typically  is assigned to  a team of service  professionals, ranging from master
technicians  with  multiple   skills  to  less   experienced  apprentices.   The
experienced  technicians  perform  more complicated  repairs,  while apprentices
assist technicians, track down needed  parts and perform simple functions,  such
as  oil changes. Each  team is responsible for  servicing multiple vehicles each
day, depending upon the complexity of the services required. When possible,  the
team  performs  multiple  service  functions simultaneously  and,  as  a result,
enhances productivity and completes repairs  more quickly. Team members  receive
supplemental  compensation based on the overall  productivity of their team. The
Company believes  this team  system increases  the productivity  of its  service
personnel and results in reduced training costs and higher quality repairs.
 
    The  Company  also  makes extensive  efforts  to notify  owners  of vehicles
purchased at the dealerships when their  vehicles are due for periodic  service,
thereby encouraging preventive maintenance rather than repairing cars only after
breakdowns.  The Company regards its parts and service activities as an integral
part of its overall  approach to customer service,  providing an opportunity  to
strengthen  relationships  with  the  Company's  customers  and  deepen customer
loyalty.
 
    Since March  1996,  the  Company  has operated  a  body  shop,  Allied  2000
Collision Center, Inc., adjacent to its Plains Chevrolet dealership in Amarillo,
Texas. The Company intends to perform all body work for the vehicles it services
in  Amarillo at  this location.  Previously, the  Company contracted  with third
parties for body  repair work. The  Company believes that  by operating its  own
body  shop  it can  enhance its  profitability on  vehicle repairs  and maintain
quality control. Currently, the  Company contracts with  third parties for  body
repair work in the Oklahoma City market. However, with the Dodge Acquisition, it
will  acquire a body shop  and intends to perform all  body work for vehicles it
services in the Oklahoma City market at the new Dodge dealership.
 
    FINANCE AND  INSURANCE.    The  Company  also  arranges  financing  for  its
customers'  vehicle purchases,  sells vehicle  warranties and  arranges selected
types of credit insurance in connection with the financing of vehicle sales. The
Company places heavy emphasis on F&I  and trains its general and sales  managers
in F&I. This emphasis resulted in the Company's arranging of financing for 76.3%
of  its  new vehicle  sales and  82.8% of  its  used vehicle  sales in  1995, as
compared to 42% and 51%, respectively  for the average U.S. dealership in  1995.
Typically,  the  Company's  dealerships  review  the  credit  history  of  their
customers and  forward  proposed  financing  contracts  to  automakers'  captive
finance  companies, selected  commercial banks  or other  financing parties. The
Company receives a finance fee from  the lender for arranging the financing  and
is  typically assessed a chargeback against a  portion of the finance fee if the
contract is terminated prior to its  scheduled maturity for any reason, such  as
early  repayment  or default.  As a  result,  it is  important that  the Company
arrange financing for a customer that is competitive (I.E., the customer is more
likely to  accept  the  financing terms  and  the  loan is  less  likely  to  be
refinanced) and affordable (I.E., the loan is more likely to be repaid).
 
    The  Company's  subsidiary, Working  Man's Credit,  sells used  vehicles and
provides financing to customers with low income levels or past credit  problems.
Typically,  the Company  requires these  customers to  make weekly  payments. If
these payments are  not made, the  Company may repossess  the vehicle. In  1995,
less  than 1% of the Company's used vehicle sales were financed by Working Man's
Credit.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
    As the number of dealerships operated by the Company increases, the  Company
may  decide to create a  finance subsidiary to offer  financing to the Company's
customers and further enhance its F&I activities. The Company believes that such
a subsidiary could provide a source of additional profits. There is no assurance
that Cross-Country Auto will  create such a subsidiary  or that it will  enhance
profitability.
 
    At the time of a new vehicle sale, the Company offers extended warranties to
supplement  warranties offered  by automakers.  Additionally, the  Company sells
primary warranties for used vehicles. Currently, the Company primarily sells its
own warranties  and recognizes  the  associated revenue  over  the life  of  the
warranty. The Company also sells warranties of third-party vendors, for which it
recognizes  a commission  upon the  sale of the  warranty, in  the Oklahoma City
market and is likely to sell  such third-party warranties in other markets  that
the  Company may enter. In 1995, the Company sold warranties on 59.1% and 74.7%,
respectively, of its  new and used  vehicle sales, which  penetration rates  the
Company believes exceed industry averages.
 
    The  Company also offers certain types  of credit insurance to customers who
finance their vehicle purchases  through the Company.  The Company sells  credit
life insurance policies to these customers, which policies provide for repayment
of  the vehicle  loan if  the obligor  dies while  the loan  is outstanding. The
Company also sells accident and health insurance policies, which provide payment
of the  monthly loan  obligations during  any  period in  which the  obligor  is
disabled.  These policies are underwritten by Enterprise Life Insurance Company,
which pays the Company a commission upon the sale of a policy and a bonus  based
on  whether payments are made  under the policy. In  1995, the Company sold such
insurance on  22.3%  and  32.2%,  respectively, of  the  new  and  used  vehicle
purchases for which it arranged financing.
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
    To  promote customer satisfaction,  minimize problem loans  on vehicles sold
and enhance profitability, the Company seeks to "match" its customers'  economic
situation  to  appropriate vehicles.  The  Company assesses  (i)  the customer's
equity position in the vehicle being traded  in (I.E., the value of the  vehicle
relative  to  the  amount still  owed  on  the vehicle),  (ii)  the  ability and
willingness of the customer to make a down payment, (iii) the customer's  credit
profile  and (iv)  the cost  of the  desired vehicle  and the  likely automobile
insurance premium the customer  will be required to  pay. After reviewing  these
facts  using a computer-based system, if it  appears that a customer will not be
able to finance the vehicle purchase or prudently service the vehicle loan,  the
Company  may suggest a lower  priced vehicle, a vehicle  with fewer options or a
larger down payment to  reduce the monthly payments.  The Company believes  that
most  dealerships  generally  perform  this financial  analysis  only  after the
customer has agreed  to purchase the  vehicle at a  particular price, which  can
lead  to customer  dissatisfaction. The  Company believes  that its "counseling"
approach during the sales process increases the likelihood that a customer  will
be  satisfied with the vehicle purchase over a longer time period. Additionally,
the Company believes this  approach enables it to  sell more vehicles at  higher
gross margins.
 
    The salespeople employed by the Company's dealerships are compensated with a
salary  plus bonus. The bonus  is based on the profit  to the dealership of each
vehicle sold by  that salesperson,  excluding F&I income.  Salespeople also  may
receive additional bonuses based on the total number of vehicles they sell.
 
    The   Company's  marketing   and  advertising  activities   vary  among  its
dealerships and among its markets.  Generally, the Company advertises  primarily
through  newspapers and does not conduct special promotions. The Company intends
to continue tailoring its marketing efforts, such as using radio or  television,
to  the relevant marketplace  in order to reach  the Company's targeted customer
base. Under arrangements with the automakers, the Company receives a subsidy for
its advertising expenses incurred in connection with that automaker's  vehicles.
The  Company expects to realize  cost savings on its  advertising expenses as it
acquires multiple dealerships in particular markets, due to volume discounts and
other concessions from media.
 
VEHICLE AND PARTS SUPPLIERS
 
    NEW VEHICLES AND  PARTS.   Cross-Country Auto depends  primarily on  General
Motors'  Chevrolet division, Nissan and Chrysler's  Dodge unit for its supply of
new vehicles and replacement parts. Currently, the Company's total sales of  new
vehicles  may be adversely affected by an automaker's inability or unwillingness
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
to furnish one or more dealerships with an adequate supply of models popular  in
the  Company's markets. A dealership that  lacks sufficient inventory to satisfy
demand for  a  particular model  may  purchase additional  vehicles  from  other
franchised  dealers throughout the  United States. Although  the Company's gross
profit margin on sales of new vehicles purchased from other dealers is typically
lower than on vehicles supplied by the manufacturers, such sales generate  gross
profit and additional income from financing, insurance, warranties and parts and
service transactions.
 
    USED  VEHICLES.    The  majority  of  the  Company's  dealerships'  used car
inventory is derived from trade-ins. Substantially  all of the remainder of  the
Company's  used  car inventory  is obtained  by purchases  at auctions  and from
wholesalers. The Company monitors the sales  of used vehicles by all  franchised
and  independent dealers within its geographic  regions and attempts to maintain
used vehicle inventories at each dealership which mirror the market. The Company
strives to maintain a broad selection  of used vehicles that generally are  less
than  five years  old and that  automakers' captive finance  companies and other
commercial lenders are likely to finance for customers.
 
    RELATIONSHIPS WITH AUTOMAKERS.  Each  of the Company's dealerships  operates
under  a separate Dealer Agreement with the relevant automaker. These agreements
establish a framework of reciprocal obligations between the dealerships and each
automaker addressing, among other things, sales and service, personnel training,
monitoring  of  customer  satisfaction   by  each  automaker,  working   capital
requirements,  changes  in  ownership  and  dispute  resolution  procedures.  In
general, the  Dealer Agreements  with each  dealership give  each automaker  the
right  to approve  the dealership's general  manager and any  material change in
ownership of the dealership.  Each automaker also is  entitled to terminate  its
Dealer  Agreement  if the  dealership is  in  material breach  of its  terms. In
anticipation of  the  Offering, the  Company  renegotiated these  agreements  to
remove  restrictions  that would  have prevented  the  Company from  selling its
Common Stock to the public. Under the terms of its Dealer Agreements with GM, as
renegotiated in anticipation of the Offering, the Company is subject to  several
additional obligations.
 
    Following  the Offering, if any person or entity acquires 20% or more of the
Company's  issued  and  outstanding  shares  with  the  intention  of  acquiring
additional  shares or effecting  a material change in  the Company's business or
corporate structure, retention of the  Company's Chevrolet dealerships could  be
at  risk. If GM reasonably  determines that such person  or entity has interests
incompatible with GM's or is not qualified  to own a GM dealership, the  Company
must  either (i) transfer the assets of  the Company's GM dealerships to a third
party reasonably  acceptable  to  GM,  (ii)  voluntarily  terminate  its  Dealer
Agreements with GM divisions, or (iii) demonstrate that such person or entity in
fact  owns less than  20% of the  Company. See "Description  of Capital Stock --
Anti-Takeover Effect of Provisions in Dealer Agreements."
 
    Under its agreements with  GM, the Company also  agreed to comply with  GM's
Network  2000 Channel Strategy ("Project 2000"). Project 2000 includes a plan to
eliminate 1,500 GM dealerships  by the year  2000, primarily through  dealership
buybacks  and approval  by GM  of inter-dealership  acquisitions, and encourages
dealers to align GM divisions' brands as may be requested by General Motors. The
agreements require that the Company must bring any GM dealership acquired  after
the  Offering into compliance with the Project  2000 plan within one year of the
acquisition. Failure to achieve  such compliance will  result in termination  of
the  Dealer Agreement and a buyback of  the related dealership assets by GM. The
Company believes  that  this  aspect  of  the  agreements  does  not  present  a
significant  risk  to  its business  or  future operating  results.  The Company
believes that  all  of its  Chevrolet  dealerships currently  comply  with  GM's
guidelines.
 
    The  Company  has also  agreed that  its  dealerships offering  new vehicles
manufactured by GM will  not attempt to sell  new vehicles of other  automakers.
The Company believes that this requirement of exclusive representation at its GM
dealerships will not adversely affect the Company's overall profitability.
 
    Texas and Oklahoma laws, and the laws of many other states, attempt to limit
automakers'  control  over dealerships.  See  "Industry Overview."  For example,
under Texas law, despite the terms of contracts between automakers and  dealers,
automakers  may not prevent  the sale of  a dealership unless  it would harm the
public or the reputation of the automaker. In addition, under Texas law and  the
laws  of other states, franchised dealerships may challenge automakers' attempts
to establish  new  franchises in  the  franchised dealers'  markets,  and  state
regulators  may deny applications  to establish new dealerships  for a number of
reasons,
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
including a determination that  the automaker is  adequately represented in  the
region.  Other laws in  Texas and elsewhere  limit the ability  of automakers to
terminate franchises, withhold their approval for the relocation of a  franchise
or require that disputes be arbitrated.
 
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
 
    VEHICLES.    The  Company  makes extensive  efforts  to  tailor  its vehicle
inventory to meet changes in local consumer demand for different vehicle  models
and  types and  may acquire vehicles  from other  dealers if it  cannot obtain a
sufficient supply from the automakers. The Company is not required by the  terms
of  its  Dealer  Agreements  to  take  particular  vehicle  inventory  from  the
automakers. New  and used  vehicle  inventory at  the Company's  dealerships  is
continually  monitored using an integrated computer inventory system that allows
the Company to track the age and size of its entire inventory and to  coordinate
vehicle  transfers  between its  dealerships  in response  to  specific customer
demand. This  computerized  system also  links  the Company's  dealerships  with
secondary-market  wholesalers,  auctions  and other  dealers.  In  addition, the
Company assembles data from on-site surveys of customers at its dealerships  and
draws  upon automakers'  online reports  analyzing local,  regional and national
vehicle purchasing trends.
 
    The Company  generally  maintains  a  60-day  supply  of  new  vehicles.  If
Cross-Country  Auto has  not sold a  new vehicle  to a customer  within 120 days
after receiving the vehicle into inventory, it attempts to transfer the  vehicle
to  other franchised dealers. Such a transfer does not impact new vehicle sales,
as compared with sales of used vehicles to other dealers and wholesalers,  which
are  reflected in  total used  vehicle sales.  See "Management's  Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." Cross-Country Auto's
policy on its used vehicle inventory is to maintain a 39-day supply and to offer
to other dealers and wholesalers used vehicles remaining unsold for more than 60
days. The Company  estimates that sales  of used vehicles  to other dealers  and
wholesalers constituted approximately 23% of its total used vehicle dollar sales
in 1995.
 
    The  Company's  vice president  in charge  of dealer  operations establishes
guidelines for,  and  coordinates  the  purchases  of,  vehicles  to  ensure  an
efficient  allocation of inventory among the dealerships generally. In addition,
each of  the  Company's  dealerships  employs new  and  used  vehicle  inventory
managers  who  supervise  the  size  and  composition  of  inventories  at their
individual dealerships. Inventory managers are encouraged to act as "brokers" on
behalf of  their dealerships,  using computerized  systems, surveys  and  market
information to anticipate customer preferences and buy and sell to other Company
dealerships  and in secondary markets. The Company believes that its coordinated
system of  inventory management  is unusual  in the  industry and  enhances  its
overall profitability.
 
    Although  there can  be no assurance  either that  the Company's acquisition
strategy will be successful  or that it will  produce the anticipated  benefits,
the Company believes that the acquisition of additional dealerships would expand
its  internal  market  for  transfers of  vehicles  among  its  dealerships and,
therefore, reduce the need to acquire vehicles from other dealers or wholesalers
or sell vehicles  in the  wholesale market,  which frequently  results in  lower
gross  margins. The acquisition  of additional dealerships  may reduce the total
amount of transportation and  other fees paid to  other franchised dealers.  The
Company  believes that its acquisition of additional dealerships also may reduce
its reliance on  any particular automaker  so that  it may be  less affected  by
changes  in  buying  trends or  the  automaker's inability  to  supply requested
inventory.  The  Company  also  believes  that  its  acquisition  of  additional
dealerships  may produce  economies of scale  in its purchasing  of used vehicle
inventory.
 
    PARTS.  Each of the  Company's dealerships sells factory-approved parts  for
vehicle makes and models sold by that dealership. These parts are either used in
repairs made by the dealership or sold at wholesale to independent repair shops.
While a majority of the Company's dealerships sell parts primarily through their
own  service departments, two of the dealerships sell predominantly at wholesale
to other dealers, body shops and repair businesses.
 
    Currently, each of the Company's  dealerships employs its own parts  manager
and  independently controls its parts inventory and sales. Dealerships that sell
the same new vehicle makes have access to each
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
other's computerized inventories and frequently obtain unstocked parts from  the
Company's  other dealerships. The Company uses a computerized tracking system to
manage the inventory  of vehicle parts  at its dealerships.  This system  allows
each  dealership to  monitor customer  requests for parts  not in  stock and the
length of time each part has remained in inventory.
 
    The  Company  intends  to  further   centralize  its  inventory  system   by
establishing   uniform  standards  for  inventory  control  and  increasing  the
efficiency of cross-dealership  exchanges. In addition,  the Company intends  to
expand the volume of its wholesale parts business.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The  retail  automotive industry  is  highly competitive.  Depending  on the
geographic market,  the Company  competes with  both dealers  offering the  same
product line as the Company and dealers offering other automakers' vehicles. The
Company also competes for vehicle sales with auto brokers and leasing companies.
Cross-Country  Auto  competes  with  small,  local  dealerships  and  with large
multi-franchise auto dealerships. Some of the Company's larger competitors  have
greater  financial resources and are more widely known than the Company. Some of
the Company's  competitors  also  may  utilize  marketing  techniques,  such  as
Internet visibility or "no negotiation" sales methods, not currently used by the
Company.
 
    In  the  Amarillo  market,  the Company  competes  with  over  10 franchised
dealerships and numerous  other independent  dealers of used  vehicles, most  of
which  sell vehicles suited to the same customer group that the Company targets.
In the Oklahoma City market,  the Company estimates that  there are at least  13
multi-franchise  dealer groups, many of  which have significantly greater market
share and experience than the Company has in the Oklahoma City area.
 
    The Company believes that the principal competitive factors in vehicle sales
are the marketing campaigns conducted by automakers, the ability of  dealerships
to  offer  a  wide selection  of  the  most popular  vehicles,  the  location of
dealerships and  the  quality of  customer  service. Other  competitive  factors
include  customer  preference  for  makes  of  automobiles,  pricing  (including
manufacturer rebates  and  other special  offers)  and warranties.  The  Company
believes that its dealerships are competitive in all of these areas.
 
    In addition to competition for vehicle sales, the Company also competes with
other  auto  dealers,  service  stores,  auto  parts  retailers  and independent
mechanics in  providing  parts  and  service.  The  Company  believes  that  the
principal  competitive factors in parts and service  sales are price, the use of
factory-approved replacement parts,  the familiarity with  a dealer's makes  and
models  and the quality  of customer service.  A number of  regional or national
chains offer selected parts  and service at  prices that may  be lower than  the
Company's prices.
 
    In  arranging or providing  financing for its  customers' vehicle purchases,
the Company competes with a broad  range of financial institutions. The  Company
believes  that  the  principal  competitive factors  in  offering  financing are
convenience, interest rates and contract terms.
 
    In addition to being affected by national competitive trends, the  Company's
success  depends, in  part, on regional  auto-buying trends,  local and regional
economic factors  and  other  regional  competitive  pressures.  Currently,  the
Company sells its vehicles in the Amarillo and Oklahoma City markets. Conditions
and  competitive  pressures affecting  these markets,  such as  price-cutting by
dealers in  these  areas,  or in  any  new  markets the  Company  enters,  could
adversely affect the Company, although the retail automobile industry as a whole
might not be affected.
 
GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS
 
    A number of regulations affect the Company's business of marketing, selling,
financing  and servicing  automobiles. The Company  also is subject  to laws and
regulations relating to business corporations generally.
 
    Under Texas and Oklahoma law, the Company must obtain a license in order  to
establish,  operate or  relocate a  dealership or  operate an  automotive repair
service. See "Vehicle  and Parts  Suppliers --  Relationships with  Automakers."
These  laws  also  regulate the  Company's  conduct of  business,  including its
advertising and sales practices. Other states may have similar requirements.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
    The Company's financing activities with its customers are subject to federal
truth in lending, consumer leasing  and equal credit opportunity regulations  as
well  as state and  local motor vehicle finance  laws, installment finance laws,
usury laws and other installment sales  laws. Some states regulate finance  fees
that  may be paid as a result  of vehicle sales. State and federal environmental
regulations, including  regulations  governing air  and  water quality  and  the
storage  and disposal of  gasoline, oil and  other materials, also  apply to the
Company.
 
    The Company believes that it complies substantially with all laws  affecting
its  business. Possible  penalties for  violation of  any of  these laws include
revocation of the Company's licenses and fines. In addition, many laws may  give
customers a private cause of action.
 
PROPERTY
 
    The  Company's principal executive offices are  located at 1201 South Taylor
Street, Amarillo, Texas 79101, and its  telephone number is (806) 374-8653.  The
Company  has four  dealerships at other  locations in the  Amarillo vicinity. In
addition, the Company  operates a  Kia dealership  at its  Westgate facility  in
Amarillo.  The Company  also has  two dealerships  at adjacent  locations in the
Oklahoma City, Oklahoma market. The Company's facilities occupy an aggregate  of
approximately  270,000 square feet and are situated on approximately 45 acres of
land.
 
    All of the Company's dealerships are located along interstate highways.  One
of  the principal factors considered by the Company in evaluating an acquisition
candidate is its location.  The Company prefers  to acquire dealerships  located
along  major thoroughfares, primarily  interstate highways with  ease of access,
which can be easily visited by prospective customers.
 
    The Company  owns  all of  the  real estate  on  which its  dealerships  are
located,  except for its  Performance Nissan facility, a  portion of its Quality
Nissan facility  in  Amarillo and  a  small  portion of  its  Performance  Dodge
facility  near  Oklahoma City.  Cross-Country  Auto's lease  of  its Performance
Nissan facility extends  until February 2002  and provides the  Company with  an
option  to  extend the  lease for  an additional  seven years  and an  option to
purchase the  property in  2002 for  $2.2  million. The  Company's lease  for  a
portion  of its  Quality Nissan  facility runs through  1998, with  an option to
purchase the  property for  $400,000 or  extend the  lease for  five years.  The
Company  also leases its principal corporate offices  from GGFP for a lease term
ending 2003.  The Company  believes that  its facilities  are adequate  for  its
current  needs. In connection with its acquisition strategy, the Company intends
to evaluate, on a case-by-case basis, the relative benefit of owning or  leasing
the real estate associated with a particular dealership.
 
    Under  the  terms of  its Dealer  Agreements, the  Company must  maintain an
appropriate appearance and  design of its  facilities and is  restricted in  its
ability  to  relocate  its  dealerships. See  "Vehicle  and  Parts  Suppliers --
Relationship with Automakers."
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    As of June 1, 1996 the Company employed 512 people, of whom approximately 84
were employed in managerial positions, 203 were employed in non-managerial sales
positions, 92 were employed  in non-managerial parts  and service positions  and
133 were employed in administrative support positions.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
    The Company believes that many dealerships in the retail automobile industry
have  difficulty in attracting and retaining qualified personnel for a number of
reasons, including the historical inability of dealerships to provide  employees
with  an equity  interest in the  profitability of the  dealerships. The Company
intends, upon completion of the Offering, to provide certain executive officers,
managers and other employees with stock options and believes this type of equity
incentive will  be  attractive to  existing  and prospective  employees  of  the
Company. See "Management -- Stock Option Plan."
 
    The  Company believes that its relationship with its employees is good. None
of the  Company's employees  is represented  by a  labor union.  Because of  its
dependence  on the  automakers, however,  the Company  may be  affected by labor
strikes,  work  slowdowns   and  walkouts  at   the  automakers'   manufacturing
facilities.  See "Risk Factors  -- Dependence on Automakers."  The Company has a
policy of  requiring prospective  employees  to undergo  physical  examinations,
including  tests for illegal  substances, prior to being  hired and of requiring
employees to consent  to drug  tests at  the Company's  discretion during  their
employment with the Company.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND INSURANCE
 
    From  time to time, the Company is named in claims involving the manufacture
of automobiles, contractual disputes and  other matters arising in the  ordinary
course  of the Company's  business. Currently, no  legal proceedings are pending
against or involve  the Company  that, in the  opinion of  management, could  be
expected  to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition
or results of operations of the Company.
 
    Because of their vehicle inventory and nature of business, automobile retail
dealerships generally require significant levels  of insurance covering a  broad
variety of risks. The Company's insurance includes an umbrella policy as well as
insurance   on  its  real  property,  comprehensive  coverage  for  its  vehicle
inventory, general liability insurance, employee dishonesty coverage and  errors
and  omissions  insurance in  connection with  its  vehicle sales  and financing
activities.
 
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    The executive officers and directors  of Cross-Country Auto, and their  ages
as of June 21, 1996, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         NAME                                    AGE                            POSITION
- -------------------------------------------      ---      -----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>          <C>
Bill A. Gilliland..........................          58   Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Robert W. Hall.............................          39   Senior Vice Chairman and Director
Ezra P. Mager..............................          54   Vice Chairman and Director
Emmett M. Rice, Jr.........................          38   Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and
                                                           Director
Charles D. Winton..........................          33   Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
Thomas A. Corchado.........................          38   Vice President -- Fixed Operations
John W. Gaines.............................          36   Vice President -- Systems
James H. Holman............................          45   Vice President -- City Manager
Benjamin J. Quattrone......................          32   Vice President -- Dealer Operations
</TABLE>
 
    Bill  A. Gilliland has been  the Chairman and Chief  Executive Officer and a
Director of Cross-Country Auto  since its formation.  Since 1987, Mr.  Gilliland
has  been the Managing Partner of  the Gilliland Group Family Partnership, which
prior  to  the  Reorganization  owned  a  majority  interest  in  the  Company's
dealerships.  Mr. Gilliland  currently is,  and since  their acquisition  by the
Gilliland Group Family  Partnership has been,  a director and  the president  of
each  of  the Company's  dealerships.  Mr. Gilliland  has  worked in  the retail
automobile industry for  over 30  years. He  is a  member of  the National  Auto
Dealers  Association  and  a  former  board member  of  the  Texas  Auto Dealers
Association. Mr. Gilliland's initial  term as a  director of Cross-Country  Auto
will  expire at the annual meeting of stockholders  of the Company to be held in
1999.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
    Robert W.  Hall  has  been  the  Senior Vice  Chairman  and  a  Director  of
Cross-Country  Auto since  its formation. Mr.  Hall currently is,  and since the
acquisition  of  the  Company's  dealerships  by  the  Gilliland  Group   Family
Partnership  has been, a director and the  treasurer of each of the dealerships.
Since 1988,  Mr.  Hall  has  been  a  partner  of  the  Gilliland  Group  Family
Partnership.  Mr. Hall  is the son-in-law  of Mr. Gilliland.  Mr. Hall's initial
term as a director of  Cross-Country Auto will expire  at the annual meeting  of
stockholders of the Company to be held in 1997.
 
    Ezra  P. Mager has  been the Vice  Chairman and a  Director of Cross-Country
Auto since its formation. From 1990 to January 1996, Mr. Mager was in charge  of
acquisition  activity for  United Auto  Group and  its predecessors,  one of the
largest automobile dealership  groups in the  United States, and  served as  its
Executive Vice Chairman from 1995 to January 1996. Prior to that time, Mr. Mager
was  an executive  vice president  and director of  Furman Selz,  Mager, Dietz &
Birney, Incorporated. Mr. Mager's  initial term as  a director of  Cross-Country
Auto will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders of the Company to be held
in 1998.
 
    Emmett  M. Rice,  Jr. has  been the  Senior Vice  President, Chief Operating
Officer and  a Director  of Cross-Country  Auto since  its formation.  Mr.  Rice
currently  is,  and  since  their  acquisition  by  the  Gilliland  Group Family
Partnership has been, a director and the vice president of each of the Company's
dealerships. Mr.  Rice  has worked  in  and  managed certain  of  the  Company's
dealerships  for over  13 years.  He is  a member  of the  National Auto Dealers
Association and the Texas Auto Dealers Association. Mr. Rice's initial term as a
director of the  Company will expire  at the annual  meeting of stockholders  of
Cross-Country Auto be held in 1999.
 
    Charles D. Winton has been a Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer and
the  Secretary of Cross-Country  Auto since its  formation. Mr. Winton currently
is, and since  June 1995 has  been, the secretary  of the Company's  Texas-based
dealerships. Prior to that time, Mr. Winton was Vice President of Accounting and
Taxes  for Sims-Plummer Financial Services. From 1990  to 1993, Mr. Winton was a
supervisor with George B. Jones & Company, an accounting firm serving franchised
auto dealers.
 
    Thomas  A.  Corchado  has  been  Vice  President  --  Fixed  Operations   of
Cross-Country  Auto since the  Reorganization. From June 1993  to that time, Mr.
Corchado was  employed  by GGFP,  where  he  supervised the  parts  and  service
operations  of  the  Company's dealerships.  From  June  1990 to  May  1993, Mr.
Corchado was a senior consultant at Automotive Service Consultants.
 
    John W. Gaines has been the Vice President -- Systems of Cross-Country  Auto
since  the  Reorganization. From  February  1992 to  that  time, Mr.  Gaines was
employed by GGFP as  the coordinator of projects  and systems for the  Company's
dealerships.  Mr. Gaines  was the Controller  for the Amarillo  National Bank in
Amarillo, Texas, from 1983 to 1992.
 
    James H. Holman has been  the Vice President--City Manager of  Cross-Country
Auto  since  the  Reorganization,  with  responsibility  for  the  Oklahoma City
dealerships. From November 1994 to that  time, Mr. Holman served as the  General
Manager  of the  Plains Chevrolet  Dealership. Mr.  Holman also  was the General
Manager of the Westgate Chevrolet Dealership from January 1994 to November 1994.
From February 1992  to January 1994,  Mr. Holman  was the Sales  Manager at  the
Plains Chevrolet dealership. From 1991 to 1992, Mr. Holman worked for Park Place
Lexus in Dallas, Texas.
 
    Benjamin  J. Quattrone has  been the Vice President  -- Dealer Operations of
Cross-Country Auto since the Reorganization.  Prior to that time, Mr.  Quattrone
was  employed as the Management/Dealer Trainee  of the Quality Nissan Dealership
from June 1995. Mr. Quattrone was the District Sales Manager with the  Chevrolet
Motor Division of General Motors from August 1989 to February 1995.
 
    As  soon as practicable after the Offering,  the Company intends to name two
individuals not  employed by  or affiliated  with the  Company to  Cross-Country
Auto's Board of Directors.
 
    The  Board of Directors of Cross-Country Auto is divided into three classes,
each of which, after a transitional period, will serve for three years, with one
class being elected each year. The  executive officers are elected annually  by,
and  serve at the discretion of, the Company's Board of Directors. Following the
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
appointment of at least two outside directors, the Company intends to  establish
and  maintain an Audit  Committee, the members  of which will  consist solely of
outside directors, and a  Compensation Committee and  a Nominating Committee  of
its  Board of Directors. Cross-Country Auto has  not previously had any of these
committees.
 
    The Company may compensate the members of the Board of Directors who are not
full-time employees of the Company on an annual and per meeting basis as may  be
determined  in the future. The Company also  may decide to compensate members of
committees of the  Board of Directors  for each meeting  attended. Directors  of
Cross-Country  Auto  receive  reimbursement  of  their  reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses incurred in connection with their board activities.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    Cross-Country Auto was  incorporated in  May 1996  and did  not conduct  any
operations prior to that time. The Company anticipates that during 1996 its most
highly  compensated executive officers with  annual salaries exceeding $100,000,
and their annual base salaries for 1996, will be: Mr. Gilliland -- $300,000; Mr.
Hall -- $240,000; Mr. Mager -- $240,000; Mr. Rice -- $240,000; and Mr. Holman --
$120,000 (collectively, the "Named  Executives"). See Note 5  to the "Pro  Forma
Combined Financial Data."
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    Because  the Company  was formed  in 1996,  it did  not have  a Compensation
Committee for a  prior fiscal year.  Following the appointment  of at least  two
outside  directors  to  the  Company's  Board, the  Company  intends  to  form a
Compensation Committee and anticipates naming its two outside directors to serve
on the committee.
 
STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
    The Company expects to have in place its 1996 Stock Option Plan (the  "Stock
Option  Plan")  immediately prior  to completion  of  the Offering.  The Company
anticipates granting, under  the Stock  Option Plan, options  to purchase  6,250
shares  of  Common  Stock to  Mr.  Mager  immediately before  completion  of the
Offering. Such  options will  have an  exercise  price equal  to the  per  share
initial  public offering price of the Common Stock. The per share exercise price
of options granted under the Stock Option  Plan must equal at least 100% of  the
Fair  Market  Value  (as  defined  in  the Stock  Option  Plan)  of  a  share of
Cross-Country Auto's Common Stock on the date  of grant (or 110% in the case  of
incentive  stock options ("ISOs")  granted to employees owning  more than 10% of
the Common Stock).
 
    The purpose of the Stock Option Plan is to provide key employees  (including
officers)  and directors of the Company with additional incentives by increasing
their equity ownership in the Company. The Company intends to reserve a total of
1,325,000 authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock for issuance under  the
Stock  Option Plan. These  reserved shares will  represent 10% of  the shares of
Common Stock outstanding after the Offering.
 
    Options granted under the Stock Option Plan are intended to qualify as  ISOs
under  Section  422 of  the Internal  Revenue Code  of 1986,  as amended,  or be
non-qualified. Holders of ISOs are not taxed until they sell the stock  received
upon the exercise of an ISO. The entire spread between the sale proceeds and the
ISO exercise price is a long-term capital gain. Holders of non-qualified options
receive  ordinary income upon exercise  of the option in  an amount equal to the
spread between the  value of the  purchased stock on  exercise and the  exercise
price.
 
    The Stock Option Plan is intended to satisfy the conditions of Section 16 of
the  Exchange  Act pursuant  to Rule  16b-3  promulgated thereunder,  which rule
exempts certain short-swing gains from recapture by the Company. A committee  of
Cross-Country  Auto's Board  of Directors comprised  of at  least two directors,
each of  whom  is  "disinterested"  within  the  meaning  of  Rule  16b-3,  will
administer the Stock Option Plan. Subject to the terms of the Stock Option Plan,
this  committee will  have the sole  authority and discretion  to grant options,
construe the terms of the  plan and make all  other determinations and take  all
other action with respect to the Stock Option Plan.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
    Options  will be  exercisable during the  period specified  by the committee
administering the Stock Option Plan, except that options will become immediately
exercisable if there  is a Change  in Control  (as defined in  the Stock  Option
Plan)  of the Company.  See "Risk Factors  -- Concentration of  Voting Power and
Anti-Takeover Provisions." Generally, options will vest over a five-year period.
Option holders may not exercise their options  more than 10 years from the  date
of  grant (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to holders of more than 10%
of Common Stock) or after they leave Cross-Country Auto's employ (other than  by
reason  of death). Options  are nontransferable, except  by will or  the laws of
intestate succession. Shares underlying  options that terminate unexercised  are
available for reissuance under the Stock Option Plan.
 
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
    The  following table describes the beneficial  ownership of the Common Stock
as of June 21, 1996 (and after giving effect to the Offering) by (i) each person
who has granted the  Underwriters an option to  purchase shares of Common  Stock
held  by such person if the  Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised (a
"Selling Stockholder"), (ii) by each person (or group of affiliated persons) who
is known by Cross-Country Auto  to own beneficially more  than 5% of the  Common
Stock,  (iii) by each of the Company's directors and executive officers and (iv)
by all directors and executive officers as a group.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             SHARES       PERCENT        PERCENT      NUMBER OF SHARES   PERCENT IF OVER-
                                           BENEFICIALLY    BEFORE         AFTER       SUBJECT TO OVER-   ALLOTMENT OPTION
BENEFICIAL OWNER (1)                        OWNED (2)     OFFERING     OFFERING (3)   ALLOTMENT OPTION     EXERCISED (4)
- -----------------------------------------  -----------  ------------  --------------  ----------------  -------------------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>           <C>             <C>               <C>
Bill A. Gilliland (5)....................   6,925,500         68.4%         52.3%           330,541              49.8%
Robert W. Hall (6).......................   1,731,375         17.1          13.1             82,635              12.4
Emmett M. Rice, Jr. (7)..................   1,012,500         10.0           7.6             48,325               7.3
Ezra P. Mager............................     303,750          3.0           2.3             --                   2.3
Charles D. Winton........................      --            --             --               --                 --
Thomas A. Corchado.......................      --            --             --               --                 --
John W. Gaines...........................      --            --             --               --                 --
James H. Holman..........................      --            --             --               --                 --
Benjamin J. Quattrone....................      --            --             --               --                 --
All executive officers and directors as a
 group (9 persons) (5)...................   9,973,125         98.5          75.3            461,501              71.8
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) The address  for each  beneficial owner  is in  care of  Cross-Country  Auto
    Retailers, Inc., 1201 South Taylor Street, Amarillo, Texas 79101.
 
(2) Except  as indicated  in the  footnotes to this  table, to  the knowledge of
    Cross-Country Auto, the  persons named  in the  table have  sole voting  and
    investment  power  with  respect to  all  shares  of Common  Stock  shown as
    beneficially owned by  them, except  to the  extent authority  is shared  by
    spouses under applicable state law.
 
(3) Assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option.
 
(4) Assumes that the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full.
 
(5) Of  these shares,  1,731,375 are  owned of  record by  Xaris, Ltd.,  a Texas
    limited partnership.  Pursuant  to  the  terms of  an  agreement  among  Mr.
    Gilliland, Lori D'Atri (Mr. Gilliland's daughter) and Mr. and Mrs. Robert W.
    Hall,  Mr. Gilliland controls  Xaris Management Co.,  the general partner of
    Xaris, Ltd. Mr. Gilliland disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares.
 
(6) Mr. Hall and his  wife, Robin W.  Hall, hold a  controlling interest in  the
    general  partner of Twenty-Two Ten, Ltd., a Texas limited partnership, which
    is the record owner of these shares.
 
(7) Mr. Rice and his  wife, Nancy J.  Rice, hold a  controlling interest in  the
    general  partner of  Benji Investments,  Ltd., a  Texas limited partnership,
    which is the record owner of these shares.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
    Pursuant to  the Underwriting  Agreement, the  Underwriters have  agreed  to
purchase   shares  of  Common  Stock  from  the  Selling  Stockholders,  if  the
Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised,  in proportion to the  Selling
Stockholders' respective ownership interests in the Company.
 
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
    In anticipation of the Offering, the shareholders of Midway Chevrolet, Inc.,
Plains  Chevrolet,  Inc., Westgate  Chevrolet,  Inc., Quality  Nissan,  Inc. and
Working Man's  Credit  Plan, Inc.  exchanged  their  shares of  stock  in  those
companies  for shares of Common Stock.  Those companies then became wholly owned
subsidiaries of Cross-Country Auto. Prior to the Reorganization, Midway,  Plains
and  Westgate owned  the common stock  of Performance  Nissan, Inc., Performance
Dodge, Inc. and  Allied 2000  Collision Center,  Inc. After  Midway, Plains  and
Westgate  became subsidiaries of Cross-Country Auto,  the shares of common stock
of Performance Nissan,  Performance Dodge  and Allied 2000  were distributed  to
Cross-Country Auto, making them wholly owned subsidiaries of Cross-Country Auto.
The  table under the heading "Principal Stockholders" shows the aggregate number
of shares of Common  Stock that certain officers  and directors and  significant
stockholders  of the  Company received  in exchange  for their  shares of common
stock of Midway Chevrolet, Plains Chevrolet, Westgate Chevrolet, Quality  Nissan
and Working Man's Credit.
 
    In  connection with its business travel, the  Company from time to time uses
an airplane that is owned  by Plains Air, Inc.  Messrs. Gilliland and Hall,  the
Chairman and Senior Vice Chairman, respectively, of the Company, own Plains Air,
Inc.  Currently, the Company pays Plains Air,  Inc. $13,050 per month plus a fee
of approximately $488 per  hour for use  of the airplane.  In 1995, the  Company
paid  an aggregate of $199,000 for the use of the airplane. The Company believes
that these fees are no less favorable  to the Company than could be obtained  in
an  arm's-length transaction between unrelated  parties. The Company anticipates
that as  it pursues  its acquisition  strategy, its  use of  this airplane  will
increase and its costs associated with the plane will correspondingly increase.
 
    As  a  privately held  company,  Cross-Country Auto  historically reimbursed
GGFP, which  is  a  Texas  partnership controlled  by  Bill  A.  Gilliland,  the
Company's  Chairman and Chief  Executive Officer, for costs  incurred by GGFP on
behalf of the  Company, including  the Company's proportionate  share of  GGFP's
administrative,  clerical and other  corporate overhead costs.  In addition, the
Company paid GGFP a fee for management services generally based on the Company's
profits and the level of management services rendered. Each of Messrs. Gilliland
and Hall holds in excess of 10%  of the partnership interests of GGFP.  Payments
to  GGFP  for 1993,  1994  and 1995  were $3.0  million,  $3.7 million  and $5.4
million, respectively. A portion of these fees have been classified as  selling,
general  and  administrative  expenses  in  the  Company's  financial statements
included in  this  Prospectus.  The  management fees  shown  separately  on  the
accompanying  financial statements have been discontinued as of January 1, 1996.
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results  of
Operations."
 
    In  1994, GGFP loaned  $1.05 million to  the Company in  connection with the
relocation of  the Company's  Quality Nissan  dealership. Interest  on the  loan
accrues  at  8.0% per  annum and  is  payable monthly.  Principal is  payable in
quarterly installments, and the Company expects to repay the loan in full out of
funds from  operations  by the  end  of 1996.  At  March 31,  1996,  the  amount
outstanding under the loan was $500,000.
 
    As  with other  franchised dealerships, the  Company is  entitled to deposit
funds in the  GMAC Deposit  Account in  an amount  up to  75% of  the amount  of
inventory  financed by GMAC.  These funds so  deposited earn interest  at a rate
equal to the rate  charged under the GMAC  floorplan. Historically, the  Company
has  permitted  its employees  (including its  principal stockholders  and Named
Executives) to advance funds to the Company for the purpose of investing in  the
GMAC  Deposit Account.  The Company  has acted only  as an  intermediary in this
process. At December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996, funds advanced and outstanding
from the Company's principal stockholders  and Named Executives aggregated  $2.9
million  and $5.2 million,  respectively. Following completion  of the Offering,
the Company intends  to deposit  its funds in  the GMAC  Deposit Account  before
permitting  its  employees,  including  its  principal  stockholders  and  Named
Executives, to make deposits into the account.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
    During 1995, GGFP advanced funds aggregating $2.6 million to the Company for
working capital  purposes relating  primarily  to acquisitions.  These  advances
accrued  interest at an annual rate of 8.0%  and were repaid in full in February
1996.
 
    GGFP was the contracting  agent for the  construction of certain  facilities
for  the  Company  during 1995.  The  total  cost of  the  facility approximated
$570,000,  which  included  approximately  $52,000   as  payment  to  GGFP   for
architectural and construction management fees.
 
    GGFP  leases the Company its corporate offices for an annual rent of $64,800
under a five-year lease extending through June 2001.
 
    In June 1996, the Company issued 303,750 shares of Common Stock to Mr. Mager
for $250,000 in cash pursuant to an  agreement dated April 1, 1996. The  Company
expects to recognize in the second quarter of 1996 a noncash charge that will be
equal to the difference between the fair value of the Common Stock issued to Mr.
Mager  and  the  cash consideration  of  $250,000.  The Company  has  engaged an
independent third party appraisal expert to estimate the fair value of the stock
as of April 1, 1996.
 
    It is anticipated that  in addition to options  to purchase 6,250 shares  of
Common Stock that will be granted to him under the Stock Option Plan immediately
before  completion of the Offering, Mr. Mager will receive from the Company upon
completion of the Offering an option to purchase an aggregate of 127,588  shares
of  Common  Stock at  the initial  public  offering price.  This option  will be
exercisable at any time  or from time  to time after  the first anniversary  and
before  the tenth anniversary of the completion  of the Offering, so long as Mr.
Mager is an employee or serves as  a consultant or other advisor to the  Company
at the time the option is exercised.
 
    Bill  A.  Gilliland has  unconditionally  guaranteed substantially  all, and
Emmett M. Rice, Jr. has unconditionally  guaranteed a portion, of the  Company's
debt to non-affiliates. At March 31, 1996, the aggregate amount of such debt was
$46.3  million. To the extent proceeds of the Offering are applied to reduce any
of this  debt,  these  guarantee  obligations will  be  reduced.  Following  the
Offering,  the Company intends to seek the release of Messrs. Gilliland and Rice
from these guarantees.
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
    The Company's authorized  capital stock  consists of  100,000,000 shares  of
Common  Stock,  par value  $.01 per  share, and  10,000,000 shares  of Preferred
Stock, $.01 par value per share.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    As  of  June  21,  1996,  there  were  10,125,000  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding  that were held of record by six stockholders. Immediately following
the Offering, 13,250,000 shares of Common Stock will be outstanding.
 
    Holders of Common Stock have one vote per share on matters to be voted  upon
by  the stockholders of  Cross-Country Auto. They do  not have cumulative voting
rights. As a result, the  holders of more than 50%  of the shares of the  Common
Stock  will have the ability to elect all of Cross-Country Auto's directors. See
"Risk Factors --  Concentration of Voting  Power and Anti-Takeover  Provisions."
Holders  of Common Stock may  receive dividends when, as  and if declared by the
Board of Directors  from any  assets legally  available therefor  and may  share
ratably  in the assets of the Company  legally available for distribution to its
stockholders in the event of the  liquidation, dissolution or winding up of  the
Company,  in each case subject to the  rights of the holders of Preferred Stock.
The Company does not intend  to pay cash dividends on  the Common Stock for  the
foreseeable  future.  See "Dividend  Policy." Holders  of  Common Stock  have no
preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights and are subject to the
rights of the holders of any Preferred Stock that the Company may issue. Holders
of Common Stock  are not subject  to calls  or assessments by  the Company.  All
outstanding  shares of Common  Stock are, and  the shares of  Common Stock being
issued and sold hereby will be, when issued, fully paid and non-assessable.  The
rights, privileges,
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
preferences  and priorities of holders  of the Common Stock  are subject to, and
may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any  series
of Preferred Stock that the Company may designate and issue in the future.
 
    Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock.
Application  has been made  for listing the  Common Stock on  the New York Stock
Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The Board of Directors of the  Company may, subject to applicable law,  from
time  to time issue up to an  aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock.
The Preferred Stock may be issued in one or more series with such  designations,
rights,  preferences, privileges and restrictions as  the Board of Directors may
determine, in each case without further vote or action by the stockholders. Such
rights may include  dividend rights, dividend  rates, conversion rights,  voting
rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences, sinking
fund  provisions  and  the  number  of shares  constituting  any  series  or the
designation of such  series. Because  of the broad  discretion of  the Board  of
Directors  with respect to the creation  and issuance of Preferred Stock without
stockholder approval,  the  issuance of  Preferred  Stock may  delay,  defer  or
prevent  a change in control of Cross-Country  Auto and may adversely affect the
rights of the  holders of  Common Stock. The  issuance of  Preferred Stock  with
voting or conversion rights may adversely affect the voting power of the holders
of  Common Stock. In addition, because the  terms of such Preferred Stock may be
fixed by  the Board  of Directors  without stockholder  approval, the  Preferred
Stock  could be  designated and  issued quickly  in the  event that  the Company
requires additional equity capital. Under certain circumstances, this could have
the effect of decreasing the  market price of the Common  Stock. As of the  date
hereof,  the Board of Directors has not  provided for the issuance of any series
of Preferred Stock, and except as described below under "-- Stockholders' Rights
Plan," there are no agreements or  understandings for the issuance of  Preferred
Stock.
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF PROVISIONS OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION, BYLAWS
AND DELAWARE LAW
 
    CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS
 
    Cross-Country   Auto  has   included  provisions   in  its   Certificate  of
Incorporation and Bylaws  to help  assure fair  and equitable  treatment of  the
Company's  stockholders if  a person  or group  should seek  to gain  control of
Cross-Country Auto in the  future. Such provisions,  which are discussed  below,
may  make  a takeover  attempt more  difficult, whether  by tender  offer, proxy
contest or  otherwise.  These provisions  may  diminish the  likelihood  that  a
potential  acquiror will make an offer for  the Company's Common Stock, impede a
transaction favorable  to the  interests of  the stockholders,  or increase  the
difficulty  of removing the incumbent Board of Directors and management, even if
such removal would benefit the stockholders.
 
    The Company's Board  of Directors  is divided  into three  classes, each  of
which,  after a transitional period, will serve  for three years, with one class
being  elected  each   year.  Under  the   Delaware  General  Corporation   Law,
stockholders of a corporation with a classified board may remove a director only
for   cause.  Under  Cross-Country  Auto's   Certificate  of  Incorporation,  an
affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the shares is required
to amend or repeal the provisions related to the classified board. In  addition,
all  stockholder action  must be  taken at a  duly called  meeting and  not by a
consent  in  writing.  The  Company's  Bylaws  do  not  permit  stockholders  of
Cross-Country  Auto to call a special meeting of stockholders. See "Risk Factors
- -- Concentration of Voting Power and Anti-Takeover Provisions."
 
    DELAWARE TAKEOVER STATUTE
 
    The Company is  subject to  the provisions of  Section 203  of the  Delaware
General  Corporation  Law. In  general, the  statute  prohibits a  publicly held
Delaware  corporation  from  engaging  in  a  "business  combination"  with   an
"interested  stockholder" for  a period  of three  years after  the date  of the
transaction in which the person  became an interested stockholder, unless  prior
to  the date the stockholder became an interested stockholder the board approved
either the  business  combination  or  the  transaction  that  resulted  in  the
stockholder  becoming  an  interested  stockholder  or  unless  one  of  the two
exceptions to  the  prohibitions is  satisfied:  (i) upon  consummation  of  the
transaction that resulted in such person becoming an interested stockholder, the
interested  stockholder  owned  at  least  85%  of  the  Company's  voting stock
outstanding at the
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
time the  transaction  commenced (excluding,  for  purposes of  determining  the
number  of  shares outstanding,  shares owned  by  certain directors  or certain
employee stock plans) or  (ii) on or  after the date  the stockholder became  an
interested  stockholder, the  business combination is  approved by  the board of
directors and authorized by the affirmative vote (and not by written consent) of
at least two-thirds of the outstanding  voting stock excluding that stock  owned
by the interested stockholder. A "business combination" includes a merger, asset
sale  or other  transaction resulting in  a financial benefit  to the interested
stockholder. An  "interested  stockholder"  is  a person  who  (other  than  the
corporation  and  any  direct  or  indirect  majority-owned  subsidiary  of  the
corporation), together with affiliates and associates, owns (or, as an affiliate
or  associate,  within  three  years  prior,  did  own)  15%  or  more  of   the
corporation's outstanding voting stock. It is possible that these provisions may
have  the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of the
Company.
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECT OF PROVISIONS IN DEALER AGREEMENTS
 
    Under the Company's Dealer Agreements with the Chevrolet division of General
Motors, if any  person or  entity acquires  more than  20% of  the Common  Stock
issued  and outstanding at  any time and the  Chevrolet division determines that
such person  or entity  does not  have interests  compatible with  those of  the
Chevrolet  division, or is otherwise not qualified to have an ownership interest
in a Chevrolet dealership (an "Adverse  Person"), the Company must transfer  its
Chevrolet  dealerships to a third party  acceptable to the Chevrolet division or
terminate its  Dealer Agreements  with Chevrolet  unless, within  90 days  after
Chevrolet's  determination,  the  Adverse  Person's  ownership  interest  in the
Company is  reduced to  less than  20%. See  "Risk Factors  -- Concentration  of
Voting  Power and Anti-Takeover  Provisions" and "Business  -- Vehicle and Parts
Suppliers -- Relationship with Automakers."  These change of control  provisions
in  the  Dealer  Agreements could  discourage  a  third party  from  acquiring a
significant equity  position in  the  Company or  from  seeking control  of  the
Company.
 
STOCKHOLDERS' RIGHTS PLAN
 
    Simultaneously   with  the   completion  of  the   Offering,  the  Company's
Stockholders' Rights Plan (the "Rights Plan")  will take effect. The purpose  of
the  Rights Plan is  to promote negotiations between  a prospective acquiror and
the Company's  Board of  Directors in  order to  ensure that  the  stockholders'
interests will be best served.
 
    Under  the  Rights  Plan, each  stockholder  of the  Company  (including the
Company's existing stockholders) will be issued one right (a "Right") with  each
share  of  Common Stock  issued  prior to  the  "Distribution Date"  (as defined
below). The Rights  are not  exercisable, will  not be  represented by  separate
certificates  and are  transferable with  the Common  Stock until  the tenth day
after such time as a person or entity, together with affiliates and  associates,
acquires  beneficial ownership  of 19.9%  of the Common  Stock or  the tenth day
after a person  or entity announces  its intention to  make such an  acquisition
(such  person or  entity being  the "Acquiring Person"  and such  date being the
"Distribution Date"). Until a Right is  exercised, the holder thereof, as  such,
will  have  no  rights  as  a stockholder  of  the  Company,  including, without
limitation, the right to vote or receive dividends.
 
    Each Right is exercisable after the Distribution Date for one  one-hundredth
of  a share  of Junior Preferred  Stock at a  purchase price  of $    per share,
subject to adjustment. However,  once the Rights are  triggered, the holders  of
Common  Stock  (other than  the Acquiring  Person)  have the  right, in  lieu of
acquiring Junior  Preferred Stock,  to  purchase Common  Stock having  a  market
value, as of the time the Acquiring Person crossed the 19.9% threshold, of twice
the Right's exercise price.
 
    The  Company has the right to reduce  the threshold to 10%. The Company also
has the right, after the Acquiring Person has crossed the 19.9% or 10% threshold
but before  the  Acquiring Person  has  acquired 50%  of  the Common  Stock,  to
exchange one new share of Common Stock for each Right (other than Rights held by
the Acquiring Person).
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
    Under  the  Rights Plan,  if  the Company  is  merged or  combined  with the
Acquiring Person  or if  the Company  sells 50%  or more  of its  assets to  the
Acquiring  Person, each holder of  a Right (other than  an Acquiring Person) has
the right, in lieu of acquiring  Junior Preferred Shares, to purchase shares  of
common  stock of the Acquiring Person having a  market value at that time of two
times the exercise price of the Rights.
 
    If the Company is unable  to issue a sufficient  number of shares of  Common
Stock  to permit the  exercise in full of  the Rights for  Common Stock, it will
issue shares of Junior Preferred Stock  upon exercise of the Rights. The  Junior
Preferred Stock is non-redeemable and junior to any other preferred stock of the
Company.  The provisions of  the Junior Preferred Stock  are designed to provide
that each one one-hundredth of a  share of Junior Preferred Stock issuable  upon
exercise  of a Right approximates  the value of one  share of Common Stock. Each
whole share of Junior Preferred Stock accrues  a quarterly dividend of $1 and  a
dividend  equal  to  100 times  any  dividend  paid on  the  Common  Stock. Upon
liquidation of the  Company, each whole  share of Junior  Preferred Stock has  a
liquidation preference of $100 plus an amount equal to 100 times the amount paid
on any Common Stock. Each share of Junior Preferred Stock entitles its holder to
100  votes on matters  submitted to the Company's  stockholders, which votes are
cast with the votes of the holders of Common Stock. If the Company were  merged,
consolidated  or  involved  in  a  similar  transaction,  each  share  of Junior
Preferred Stock  would  entitle its  holder  to  receive 100  times  the  amount
received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or similar transaction.
 
    Any  exercise of  the Rights  would have a  dilutive effect  on an Acquiring
Person both  economically  and in  terms  of  its percentage  ownership  of  the
Company's  Common Stock. Therefore, the existence of the Rights may discourage a
third party  from attempting  to acquire  control of  the Company.  In order  to
ensure  that  the  Rights  will  not  interfere  with  negotiated  and  approved
transactions between  the Company  and  a potential  acquiror, the  Company  may
redeem  the  Rights at  a price  of  $.01 per  Right at  any  time prior  to the
acquisition by any person or entity of beneficial ownership of 19.9% or more the
Common Stock.
 
    Reference is hereby made to the Rights Agreement to be entered into  between
the  Company and The Bank of New York,  as rights agent, specifying the terms of
the Rights, which  includes as an  exhibit the form  of Rights Certificate,  and
this  description is  qualified in  its entirety by  reference to  the terms and
conditions thereof.  The Rights  Agreement  is an  exhibit to  the  Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
 
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
 
    Cross-Country Auto's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws contain certain
provisions  permitted under the Delaware General  Corporation Law that limit the
liability  of  directors.  These  provisions  eliminate  a  director's  personal
liability for monetary damages resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty, except
in  certain circumstances involving certain wrongful acts, such as the breach of
a director's  duty of  loyalty or  acts or  omissions that  involve  intentional
misconduct  or a  knowing violation  of law.  These provisions  do not  limit or
eliminate  the  rights  of  Cross-Country  Auto  or  any  stockholder  to   seek
non-monetary  relief, such  as an  injunction or rescission,  in the  event of a
breach of  a  director's fiduciary  duty.  These  provisions will  not  alter  a
director's liability under federal securities laws. The Company's Certificate of
Incorporation  and Bylaws also contain provisions indemnifying the directors and
officers of the Company to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware  General
Corporation  Law. The Company  believes that these provisions  will assist it in
attracting and retaining qualified individuals to serve as directors.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
    The Company has appointed  The Bank of  New York as  the transfer agent  and
registrar for the Common Stock, as well as rights agent under the Rights Plan.
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Upon  completion  of  this  Offering, the  Company  will  have approximately
13,250,000 shares of Common Stock  issued and outstanding, assuming no  exercise
of  options  or  warrants  outstanding. Of  the  Common  Stock  outstanding upon
completion of this Offering, the 3,125,000  shares of Common Stock sold in  this
Offering  will be freely transferable by the holders thereof without restriction
or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares held  by
"affiliates"    of   the    Company,   as    that   term    is   defined   under
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
the Securities Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder (an  "Affiliate"),
or  persons who have been Affiliates  within the preceding three months. Holders
of the remaining  10,125,000 shares of  Common Stock  will not be  able to  sell
their  shares in  reliance on Rule  144 under  the Securities Act  prior to June
1998.
 
    In general, under  Rule 144  as currently in  effect, a  holder (or  holders
whose  shares are aggregated) of  "restricted securities," including persons who
may be deemed affiliated with the Company, whose shares meet a two-year  holding
period requirement are entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number
of  these shares that does not exceed the  greater of 1% of the then outstanding
shares of Common  Stock or  the average weekly  reported trading  volume in  the
Common  Stock during the four calendar weeks  preceding the date on which notice
of the sale is  given, provided certain manner  of sale and notice  requirements
and  requirements as to the availability of current public information about the
Company are satisfied. Under  Rule 144(k), a  holder of "restricted  securities"
who  is deemed  not to have  been an affiliate  of the Company  during the three
months preceding  a sale  by him,  and whose  shares meet  a three-year  holding
period  requirement, is entitled  to sell those shares,  without regard to these
restrictions and  requirements.  In addition,  affiliates  of the  Company  must
comply  with  the restrictions  and  requirements of  Rule  144, other  than the
two-year holding period  requirement, in order  to sell shares  of Common  Stock
which  are not "restricted securities" (such as shares acquired by affiliates in
the Offering).
 
    The Securities  and  Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission")  has  recently
proposed  amendments to Rule  144 and Rule  144(k) that would  permit resales of
restricted securities under Rule 144 after  a one-year, rather than a  two-year,
holding period, subject to compliance with the other provisions of Rule 144, and
would permit resale of restricted securities by non-affiliates under Rule 144(k)
after  a two-year,  rather than a  three-year, holding period.  Adoption of such
amendments could result in resales of restricted securities sooner than would be
the case under Rule 144 and Rule 144(k) as currently in effect.
 
    Cross-Country Auto,  each of  its directors  and officers  and each  current
stockholder  of the outstanding  Common Stock have  agreed with the Underwriters
not to offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock or options
or any other rights to acquire shares of  Common Stock for a period of 180  days
after  the date of this  Prospectus without the prior  written consent of Morgan
Stanley & Co.  Incorporated, except for  shares offered or  sold by the  Company
under  the Company's Stock Option Plan.  Following the expiration of the 180-day
period, none of  these shares will  be eligible  for sale in  the public  market
under  Rule  144 until  June 1998.  See  "Management --  Stock Option  Plan" and
"Underwriters."
 
    Cross-Country Auto  has  reserved  1,325,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  for
issuance  under the  Stock Option Plan.  See "Management --  Stock Option Plan."
After the  Offering, the  Company  may file  registration statements  under  the
Securities  Act to register the Common Stock to be issued under this plan. After
the effective date of such registration statement, shares issued under the Stock
Option Plan will be freely tradeable without restriction or further registration
under the Securities Act, unless  acquired by affiliates of Cross-Country  Auto.
In  addition, as  part of  any acquisition  it may  complete in  the future, the
Company may issue  additional shares of  Common Stock. See  "Business --  Growth
Strategy -- Acquisitions."
 
    Prior  to the Offering,  there has been  no market for  the Common Stock. No
prediction can be made regarding the effect, if any, that public sales of shares
of the Common  Stock or the  availability of shares  for sale will  have on  the
market  price  of the  Common  Stock after  the  Offering. Sales  of substantial
amounts of the Common Stock in the public market following the Offering, or  the
perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of
the  Common Stock and  could impair the  ability of Cross-Country  Auto to raise
capital through sales of its equity securities.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITERS
 
    Under the terms and subject to the conditions in the Underwriting  Agreement
dated  the date  hereof (the  "Underwriting Agreement"),  the Underwriters named
below (the "Underwriters") have  severally agreed to  purchase, and the  Company
has agreed to sell to them, severally, the respective number of shares of Common
Stock set forth opposite the names of such Underwriters below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                                                                   NUMBER OF SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------------
<S>                                                                                    <C>
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated....................................................
Furman Selz LLC......................................................................
Rauscher Pierce Refsnes, Inc.........................................................
 
                                                                                       -----------------
    Total............................................................................       3,125,000
                                                                                       -----------------
                                                                                       -----------------
</TABLE>
 
    The  Underwriting  Agreement provides  that the  obligations of  the several
Underwriters to  pay for  and accept  delivery  of the  shares of  Common  Stock
offered  hereby are subject  to the approval  of certain legal  matters by their
counsel and to certain other conditions. The Underwriters are obligated to  take
and  pay for all of the shares of  Common Stock offered hereby (other than those
covered by the Underwriters' over-allotment option described below) if any  such
shares are taken.
 
    The  Underwriters initially  propose to offer  part of the  shares of Common
Stock directly to the public  at the Price to Public  to set forth on the  cover
page  hereof and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession
not in  excess  of $         per share  under  the public  offering  price.  The
Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess
of  $   per share to other Underwriters or to certain dealers. After the initial
offering of the  shares of Common  Stock, the offering  price and other  selling
terms  may from  time to time  be varied  by Morgan Stanley  & Co. Incorporated,
Furman Selz LLC and Rauscher Pierce Refsnes, Inc. (the "Representatives").
 
    Application has been made for listing the Common Stock on the New York Stock
Exchange under the symbol "XCA".
 
    The  Company   and   the   Selling  Stockholders   (if   the   Underwriters'
over-allotment  option  is  exercised)  have  agreed  to  indemnify  the several
Underwriters  against  certain  liabilities,  including  liabilities  under  the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
    Pursuant  to  the  Underwriting  Agreement,  the  Selling  Stockholders have
granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date  of
this  Prospectus, to purchase up to 468,750 additional shares of Common Stock at
the Price  to Public  set forth  on  the cover  page hereof,  less  underwriting
discounts  and  commissions. The  Selling Stockholders  will participate  in the
Offering only if and to the extent the Underwriters exercise the  over-allotment
option,  and each Selling Stockholder will bear its or his pro rata share of the
expenses related to the exercise of the over-allotment option. The  Underwriters
may  exercise such option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if
any, made  in  connection  with the  Offering.  To  the extent  such  option  is
exercised,   each  Underwriter   will  become  obligated,   subject  to  certain
conditions, to purchase  approximately the  same percentage  of such  additional
shares  of Common Stock as the number  set forth next to such Underwriter's name
in the preceding  table bears  to the  total number  of shares  of Common  Stock
offered by the Underwriters hereby. See "Principal Stockholders."
 
    The   Company,  its  directors  and  executive  officers  and  all  existing
stockholders have  agreed that,  without  the prior  written consent  of  Morgan
Stanley  & Co. Incorporated on  behalf of the Underwriters,  they will not for a
period of 180 days after  the date of this  Prospectus (i) offer, pledge,  sell,
contract  to sell, grant any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option
or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise
transfer or dispose of,  directly or indirectly, any  shares of Common Stock  or
any  securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock
or (ii) enter into any  swap or other agreement that  transfers, in whole or  in
part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether
any  such transaction described in clause (i) or  (ii) above is to be settled by
the
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
delivery of Common Stock or such  other securities, in cash or otherwise,  other
than  (a) the shares of Common Stock  offered hereby, (b) any options or similar
securities issued pursuant to the Stock Option  Plan, as such plan is in  effect
on  the date hereof,  and (c) any shares  of Common Stock  issued by the Company
upon the  exercise of  an option  or warrant  or the  conversion of  a  security
outstanding  on the date hereof  of which the Underwriters  have been advised in
writing. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
 
    The Underwriters have informed the Company that they do not expect sales  to
discretionary  accounts to exceed five percent of  the total number of shares of
Common Stock offered by them.
 
    At the request of the Company, the Underwriters have reserved  approximately
31,000  shares of Common  Stock, representing approximately 1%  of the shares of
Common Stock to be sold  in the Offering, for sale  to certain of its  employees
and  certain other persons at  the public offering price  set forth on the cover
page hereof. If such shares  are not so sold to  employees of the Company,  they
will be sold to the public.
 
PRICING OF THE OFFERING
 
    Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock.
The  initial public  offering price  of the Common  Stock will  be determined by
negotiations between  Cross-Country  Auto  and the  Representatives.  Among  the
factors that will be considered in determining the initial public offering price
of  the  Common  Stock are  the  sales,  earnings and  certain  other  pro forma
financial and operating information of the Company in recent periods, the future
prospects of the Company and its industry in general, and certain ratios, market
price of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies
engaged in activities similar to those of the Company. Since the Company will be
one of the first public companies  in the auto dealership business, the  Company
and  the Representatives  will not  be able  to use  the market  prices of other
companies in the  same industry  as a benchmark  in setting  the initial  public
offering price.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The  validity of the  shares of Common  Stock offered hereby  will be passed
upon for the Company by Howard, Darby & Levin, New York, New York. Certain legal
matters will be  passed upon for  the Underwriters by  Shearman & Sterling,  New
York, New York.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The  combined financial statements as of December  31, 1994 and 1995 and for
each of the three years in the  period ended December 31, 1995 included in  this
Prospectus  have been so included in reliance  on the report of Price Waterhouse
LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts  in
accounting and auditing.
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
    Cross-Country Auto has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on
Form S-1 under the Securities Act for the Shares. This Prospectus, filed as part
of  the  Registration  Statement,  omits certain  information  contained  in the
Registration  Statement  and  the  exhibits  and  schedules  thereto,  to  which
reference  is hereby made. Statements contained herein concerning the provisions
of any  documents  filed as  exhibits  to  the Registration  Statement  are  not
necessarily complete, and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such
document.  Each such statement  is qualified in its  entirety by such reference.
The Registration Statement,  including exhibits and  schedules filed  therewith,
may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the
Commission  at Room 1024,  Judiciary Plaza, 450  Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,
D.C. 20549 and  at the regional  offices of  the Commission located  at 7  World
Trade  Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048 and 500 West Madison Street,
Room 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of such materials may be obtained  at
prescribed rates from the Public Reference Section of the Commission, Room 1024,
Judiciary Plaza, 450, Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and its public
reference facilities in New York, New York and Chicago, Illinois. The Commission
also  maintains a Website (http://www.sec.gov.) that contains reports, proxy and
information statements  and other  information regarding  registrants that  file
electronically with the Commission.
 
    Cross-Country  Auto intends to furnish  its stockholders with annual reports
containing audited  financial statements  and quarterly  reports for  the  first
three  quarters  of  each  fiscal year  containing  unaudited  summary financial
information.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
                    INDEX TO COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
HISTORICAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
    Report of Independent Accountants......................................................................        F-2
 
    Combined Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and for the
     three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996 (unaudited)................................................        F-3
 
    Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and March 31, 1996 (unaudited)................        F-4
 
    Combined Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the three years ended December 31, 1995, and
     for the three months ended March 31, 1996 (unaudited).................................................        F-5
 
    Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and for the
     three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996 (unaudited)................................................        F-6
 
    Notes to Combined Financial Statements.................................................................        F-7
 
HISTORICAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JIM GLOVER DODGE, INC.
 
    Report of Independent Accountants......................................................................       F-21
 
    Statements of Operations for the years ended November 30, 1994 and 1995................................       F-22
 
    Balance Sheets as of November 30, 1994 and 1995 .......................................................       F-23
 
    Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the two years ended November 30, 1995.................       F-24
 
    Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended November 30, 1994 and 1995................................       F-25
 
    Notes to Financial Statements..........................................................................       F-26
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Cross-Country Auto Retailers, Inc.
 
In  our  opinion,  the  accompanying combined  balance  sheets  and  the related
combined statements of  operations, of  changes in stockholders'  equity and  of
cash  flows present fairly, in all  material respects, the financial position of
Cross-Country Auto Retailers, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 1994 and
1995 and the results of  their operations and their cash  flows for each of  the
three  years in the period ended December 31, 1995, in conformity with generally
accepted   accounting   principles.   These   financial   statements   are   the
responsibility  of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these  financial statements  based on  our audits.  We conducted  our
audits  of  these  statements  in accordance  with  generally  accepted auditing
standards which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain  reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the   amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements,  assessing  the
accounting principles used  and significant  estimates made  by management,  and
evaluating  the overall  financial statement  presentation. We  believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
 
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
 
Fort Worth, Texas
June 21, 1996
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                       CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,           MARCH 31,
                                           -------------------------------  --------------------
                                             1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                (unaudited)
<S>                                        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Sales:
  Vehicle sales                            $ 150,205  $ 163,721  $ 212,984  $  45,077  $  64,009
  Other operating revenue                     15,159     18,047     23,210      4,990      7,220
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total sales                              165,364    181,768    236,194     50,067     71,229
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Cost and expenses:
  Cost of sales                              139,626    153,446    198,702     42,449     59,896
  Selling, general and administrative         17,194     18,522     25,630      5,377      7,537
  Depreciation and amortization                  992        934        951        224        353
  Management fees paid to related party        2,536      3,183      4,318        798      -
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                             160,348    176,085    229,601     48,848     67,786
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                               5,016      5,683      6,593      1,219      3,443
Other income (expense):
  Interest income                                265        576        830        189        219
  Interest expense                            (2,113)    (2,526)    (3,918)      (893)    (1,194)
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Income before income taxes                   3,168      3,733      3,505        515      2,468
  Income tax provision                         1,173      1,351      1,310        193        913
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Net income                             $   1,995  $   2,382  $   2,195  $     322  $   1,555
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                      part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                       CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
                            COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                          --------------------
                                                            1994       1995
                                                          ---------  ---------   MARCH 31,
                                                                                   1996
                                                                                -----------
                                                                                (unaudited)
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents                               $   5,001  $   8,362   $  10,326
  Accounts receivable                                         4,523      9,383      10,297
  Inventories                                                23,243     43,731      36,092
                                                          ---------  ---------  -----------
    Total current assets                                     32,767     61,476      56,715
                                                          ---------  ---------  -----------
Property and equipment, at cost, less accumulated
 depreciation                                                 9,283     12,107      12,175
Goodwill, net                                                 3,523      7,385       7,314
Other assets                                                  2,006      2,439       2,335
                                                          ---------  ---------  -----------
    Total assets                                          $  47,579  $  83,407   $  78,539
                                                          ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                          ---------  ---------  -----------
 
                           LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Floor plan notes payable                                $  18,964  $  39,088   $  33,345
  Current maturities of long-term debt                          655      1,525       1,470
  Accounts payable                                            1,571      4,846       4,631
  Due to affiliates                                           2,225      5,954       5,881
  Accrued expenses and other liabilities                      6,966      7,495       7,761
  Deferred income taxes                                       2,336      2,032       2,032
                                                          ---------  ---------  -----------
    Total current liabilities                                32,717     60,940      55,120
                                                          ---------  ---------  -----------
Long-term debt                                                7,150     11,859      11,533
Deferred warranty revenue - long-term portion                 2,671      3,507       3,230
                                                          ---------  ---------  -----------
    Total long-term liabilities                               9,821     15,366      14,763
                                                          ---------  ---------  -----------
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares
   authorized, none issued                                    -          -           -
  Capital stock, $.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares
   authorized, none issued                                    -          -           -
  Paid-in capital                                             1,064      1,064       1,064
  Retained earnings                                           3,977      6,037       7,592
                                                          ---------  ---------  -----------
    Total stockholders' equity                                5,041      7,101       8,656
                                                          ---------  ---------  -----------
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 4, 15, 18 and 19)
                                                          ---------  ---------  -----------
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity            $  47,579  $  83,407   $  78,539
                                                          ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                          ---------  ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                      part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                       CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
                  STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND
                       THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           PREFERRED STOCK           COMMON STOCK
                                        ----------------------  ----------------------   PAID-IN    RETAINED
                                          SHARES      AMOUNT      SHARES      AMOUNT     CAPITAL    EARNINGS      TOTAL
                                        -----------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
<S>                                     <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
Balance at December 31, 1992                 -       $   -           -       $   -      $     764   $    (234)  $     530
Contributions by Control Group                                                                300                     300
Dividends paid                                                                                            (86)        (86)
Net income                                                                                              1,995       1,995
                                             -----   ---------       -----   ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
Balance at December 31, 1993                 -           -           -           -          1,064       1,675       2,739
Net income                                                                                              2,382       2,382
Dividends paid                                                                                            (80)        (80)
                                             -----   ---------       -----   ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
Balance at December 31, 1994                 -           -           -           -          1,064       3,977       5,041
Net income                                                                                              2,195       2,195
Dividends paid                                                                                           (135)       (135)
                                             -----   ---------       -----   ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
Balance at December 31, 1995                 -           -           -           -          1,064       6,037       7,101
Net income (unaudited)                                                                                  1,555       1,555
                                             -----   ---------       -----   ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
Balance at March 31, 1996 (unaudited)        -       $   -           -       $   -      $   1,064   $   7,592   $   8,656
                                             -----   ---------       -----   ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
                                             -----   ---------       -----   ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                      part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                       CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,           MARCH 31,
                                                -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                  1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                     (unaudited)
<S>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income                                    $   1,995  $   2,382  $   2,195  $     322  $   1,555
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
   cash provided (used) by operating
   activities:
    Depreciation and amortization                     992        934        951        224        353
    Proceeds from extended warranty sales           2,667      2,614      3,345        657      1,040
    Amortization of deferred warranty revenue      (1,089)    (1,648)    (2,136)      (420)      (516)
    Deferred taxes and other                          367     (1,121)      (836)    (1,038)        77
  (Increase) decrease in:
    Accounts receivable                            (2,383)       (74)    (4,860)    (1,430)      (914)
    Inventory                                      (1,697)     1,052     (8,285)    (5,890)     7,639
  Increase (decrease) in:
    Accounts payable - trade                          458       (604)     3,275      1,452       (215)
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities          1,041      1,452        (68)       593       (534)
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
        Net cash provided (used) by operating
         activities                                 2,351      4,987     (6,419)    (5,530)     8,485
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Acquisition of property and equipment              (739)    (1,813)    (1,485)      (273)      (323)
  Acquisition of minority interest                 (1,000)     -          -          -          -
  Acquisition of dealerships                        -          -           (302)     -          -
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
        Net cash used by investing activities      (1,739)    (1,813)    (1,787)      (273)      (323)
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Change in floor plan notes payable                  800       (937)     9,381      6,460     (5,743)
  Due to affiliates                                   473      1,640      3,729      2,230        (73)
  Long-term debt repayments                          (584)    (1,277)    (1,408)      (209)      (382)
  Paid-in capital                                     300      -          -          -          -
  Dividends paid                                      (86)       (80)      (135)     -          -
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
        Net cash provided (used) by financing
         activities                                   903       (654)    11,567      8,481     (6,198)
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash
 equivalents                                        1,515      2,520      3,361      2,678      1,964
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
 period                                               966      2,481      5,001      5,001      8,362
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period      $   2,481  $   5,001  $   8,362  $   7,679  $  10,326
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                      part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
NOTE 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The  accompanying financial statements reflect the combined operations of Plains
Chevrolet, Inc.,  Midway  Chevrolet,  Inc., Westgate  Chevrolet,  Inc.,  Quality
Nissan,  Inc.,  Performance Nissan,  Inc., Performance  Dodge, Inc.  and Working
Man's Credit Plan,  Inc. During June  1996, the shareholders  of these  entities
exchanged  their  shares of  stock in  these companies  for 9,821,250  shares of
common stock  in  a  newly  created  Delaware  corporation,  Cross-Country  Auto
Retailers, Inc., representing all of such corporation's outstanding common stock
prior to the Offering. The shareholders' ownership interest of the newly created
company  subsequent  to the  reorganization  and prior  to  the Offering  are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Gilliland Group Family Partnership ("GGFP")                        88.5%
Emmett M. Rice, Jr.                                                10.0%
Other                                                               1.5%
</TABLE>
 
All of  the GGFP  partnership interests  are  owned and  controlled by  Bill  A.
Gilliland,  Chairman and CEO, Bobby Hall, Senior Vice Chairman and son-in-law to
Bill Gilliland, and Lori D'Atri, daughter of Bill Gilliland. The ownership group
described above is hereafter referred to as the Control Group.
 
Prior to  the exchange  of stock,  Cross-Country Auto  Retailers, Inc.  did  not
conduct  business or have any assets and liabilities and, thus, has not operated
as a  stand-alone company.  The term  "Company," when  used hereafter,  includes
Cross-Country Auto Retailers, Inc., its subsidiaries and its predecessors.
 
The  Company will  sell 3,125,000  shares of common  stock in  an initial public
offering  (the  "Offering").  The  Control  Group  will  remain  the   principal
stockholders of the Company immediately following the Offering.
 
The  Company operates in one business segment - the retail sales of new and used
automobiles  and  the   service  thereof.  The   Company  has  three   Chevrolet
dealerships,  two Nissan dealerships and a Dodge dealership. The three Chevrolet
dealerships and  one  Nissan  dealership  are located  in  the  Amarillo,  Texas
vicinity  and the Dodge and other Nissan  dealership are located in the Oklahoma
City, Oklahoma vicinity.
 
The accompanying combined financial statements  are presented as if the  Company
had  existed as a corporation separate from the Control Group during the periods
presented and include the historical assets, liabilities, revenues and  expenses
that are directly related to the Company's operations. All material intercompany
transactions  have been eliminated. For  the periods presented, certain expenses
reflected in the  financial statements include  allocations of certain  expenses
from  GGFP. These allocations include expenses for general management, use of an
airplane, treasury, legal and benefits administration, insurance, tax compliance
and other miscellaneous services. The allocation of expenses was generally based
upon actual costs  incurred and such  costs were apportioned  to the Company  on
various  methods such as volume of sales, number of employees, profit and actual
expense or time incurred as it related to the Company's business.
 
Financing associated with working capital  needs and mortgage financing used  to
purchase  property  for the  dealership  operations and  their  related interest
expense have been historically recorded  on the Company's financial  statements.
No  other interest expense or income has  been allocated to the Company in these
financial statements.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Management believes that  the foregoing  allocations were made  on a  reasonable
basis;  however,  the  allocations  of costs  and  expenses  do  not necessarily
indicate the costs that would have been or will be incurred by the Company on  a
stand-alone  basis. Also,  the financial  information included  in the financial
statements may  not  necessarily  reflect the  financial  position,  results  of
operations  and cash flows  of the Company  in the future  or what the financial
position, results of operations  and cash flows would  have been if the  Company
had  been a  separate, stand-alone company  during the periods  presented. It is
expected that after the  Offering, the Company  will incur additional  corporate
expenses  as  a  result of  being  a public  company  and will  no  longer remit
management fees to the  Control Group (see Note  17). The pro forma  adjustments
described  in the unaudited  Notes to Combined Pro  Forma Financial Data reflect
the elimination of the management fee  to GGFP as well as management's  estimate
of  the additional  costs the  Company would  have incurred  for the  year ended
December 31, 1995  and the three-month  period ended  March 31, 1996  as if  the
Offering and reorganization had occurred at the beginning of those periods.
 
NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
UNAUDITED  INTERIM PERIODS - The following notes, insofar as they are applicable
to March 31, 1996 and the three-month periods ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, are
unaudited. These interim combined financial statements have been prepared on the
same basis as the annual financial statements included herewith. In the  opinion
of  management, all adjustments, consisting  only of ordinary recurring accruals
considered necessary to fairly state  the unaudited financial position at  March
31,  1996 and the unaudited  results of operations and  cash flows for the three
months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996  have been included. Results for the  three
months  ended March 31, 1995 and 1996  are not necessarily indicative of results
which may be expected for any other interim period or for any year as a whole.
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - Cash and  cash equivalents include cash on hand  and
all  highly  liquid investments  with maturities  of three  months or  less when
purchased.
 
REVENUES - Revenues from vehicle and parts sales and from service operations are
recognized at the time the  vehicle is delivered to  the customer or service  is
completed.
 
FINANCE  FEES AND INSURANCE COMMISSIONS -  Finance fees represent revenue earned
by the Company for notes placed  with financial institutions in connection  with
customer   vehicle  financing.  Finance  fees  are  recognized  in  income  upon
acceptance  of  the  credit  by  the  financial  institution.  Insurance  income
represents  commissions earned on credit life, accident and disability insurance
sold  in  connection  with  the  vehicle  on  behalf  of  third-party  insurance
companies.
 
The  Company is charged back for a  portion of these fees and commissions should
the customer terminate the finance contract prior to its scheduled maturity. The
estimated allowance for these chargebacks ("chargeback allowance") is based upon
the Company's historical experience for  prepayments or defaults on the  finance
contracts.  Finance  fees and  insurance  commissions, net  of  chargebacks, are
classified as other operating revenue in the accompanying combined statement  of
operations.  See  Note  7  for  an  analysis  of  the  allowance  for  estimated
chargebacks.
 
INVENTORIES - Vehicles are  stated at the  lower of cost  or market, cost  being
determined  on a specific identification basis. Parts are stated at the lower of
cost or market, cost being determined on the first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
POSTRETIREMENT  BENEFITS  -  The  Company  has  no  material  postretirement  or
postemployment  benefits as defined  in SFAS No.  106, EMPLOYERS' ACCOUNTING FOR
POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS  OTHER  THAN  PENSIONS,  or  SFAS  No.  112,  EMPLOYERS'
ACCOUNTING FOR POSTEMPLOYMENT BENEFITS.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT - Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation
is  computed using  the straight-line  method over  the respective  lives of the
assets. The ranges of estimated useful lives are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>
Buildings                                                  30 years
Furniture and equipment                                3 to 7 years
                                                            7 to 15
Leasehold improvements                                        years
</TABLE>
 
When depreciable assets are  sold or retired, the  related cost and  accumulated
depreciation  are removed from the accounts. Any gains or losses are included in
selling, general and  administrative expenses. Major  additions and  betterments
are  capitalized. Maintenance  and repairs  which do  not materially  improve or
extend the lives of the respective  assets are charged to operating expenses  as
incurred.
 
GOODWILL  AND OTHER  ASSETS - The  values assigned to  noncompete agreements are
being amortized on a  straight-line basis over their  contractual lives of  five
years.   Values  assigned   to  noncompete  agreements   arising  from  business
combinations are included as other  assets in the accompanying combined  balance
sheet. At December 31, 1994 and 1995, the unamortized portion of such noncompete
agreements  approximated $192,000 and $92,000,  respectively, net of accumulated
amortization of  $608,000 and  $708,000, respectively.  Goodwill represents  the
excess  of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets of
acquired businesses and is being amortized over a 40-year period. The cumulative
amount of  goodwill amortization  at  December 31,  1994 and  1995  approximated
$309,000 and $447,000, respectively.
 
IMPAIRMENT  OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS -  In March 1995, the  FASB issued FAS No. 121,
ACCOUNTING FOR THE IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS AND FOR LONG-LIVED ASSETS  TO
BE  DISPOSED OF ("FAS 121"), which is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1995.  Effective December  31, 1995,  the Company  adopted FAS  121
which  requires that long-lived assets (i.e.,  property, plant and equipment and
goodwill) held and used by an entity be reviewed for impairment whenever  events
or  changes in circumstances indicate  that the net book  value of the asset may
not be recoverable.  An impairment loss  will be  recognized if the  sum of  the
expected  future cash flows  (undiscounted and before interest)  from the use of
the asset is less than the net book value of the asset. Generally, the amount of
the impairment loss is measured as the difference between the net book value  of
the  assets and the estimated fair value  of the related assets. The adoption of
this statement at December 31,  1995 had no impact  on the Company's results  of
operations or its financial position.
 
ADVERTISING  AND  PROMOTIONAL  COSTS  - Advertising  and  promotional  costs are
expensed as incurred  and are  included in selling,  general and  administrative
expense  in the accompanying combined statement of operations. Total advertising
and promotional expenses approximated  $1,433,000, $1,636,000 and $2,638,000  in
1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
EXTENDED  WARRANTY CONTRACTS - The Company's dealerships offer extended warranty
contracts on  new and  used  vehicles sold.  These contracts  generally  provide
extended  coverage for periods of  one to six years  or 12,000 to 100,000 miles,
whichever  comes   first.   The  Company   accounts   for  the   sale   of   its
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
extended warranty contracts in accordance with FASB Technical Bulletin No. 90-1,
ACCOUNTING  FOR  SEPARATELY  PRICED EXTENDED  WARRANTY  AND  PRODUCT MAINTENANCE
CONTRACTS,  which  requires  that  revenues  from  sales  of  extended  warranty
contracts  be recognized ratably over the lives of the contracts. Costs directly
related to sales  of extended  warranty contracts  are deferred  and charged  to
expense  proportionately as the revenues are recognized. A loss is recognized on
extended warranty  contracts if  the  sum of  the  expected costs  of  providing
services  under the contracts exceed related  unearned revenue. The Company also
sells  extended  service  contracts  on  behalf  of  unrelated  third   parties.
Commission  revenue for the unrelated  third-party extended service contracts is
recognized at the time of sale. Revenue and commissions recognized from the sale
of extended warranty contracts are classified as other operating revenue and the
related costs of parts and service  associated therewith are classified as  cost
of sales in the accompanying combined statement of operations.
 
ACCOUNTING  FOR STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION - In  October 1995, the FASB issued FAS
No. 123, ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION ("FAS 123"), which is effective
for fiscal years beginning after December  15, 1995. Effective January 1,  1996,
the  Company  will  adopt FAS  123  which establishes  financial  accounting and
reporting  standards   for   stock-based  employee   compensation   plans.   The
pronouncement  defines a fair  value based method of  accounting for an employee
stock option or similar equity instrument  and encourages all entities to  adopt
that  method of accounting  for all of their  employee stock option compensation
plans. However, it  also allows an  entity to continue  to measure  compensation
cost  for those plans  using the intrinsic  value based method  of accounting as
prescribed by Accounting Principles Board  Opinion No. 25, ACCOUNTING FOR  STOCK
ISSUED  TO EMPLOYEES ("APB 25"). Entities electing to remain with the accounting
in APB 25 must make pro forma  disclosures of net income and earnings per  share
as  if the  fair value based  method of accounting  defined in FAS  123 had been
applied. The Company  will account for  stock-based employee compensation  plans
under  the intrinsic method pursuant to APB  25 and will make the disclosures in
its footnotes as required by FAS 123.
 
INCOME TAXES  - Deferred  taxes are  provided on  the liability  method  whereby
deferred  tax  assets are  recognized for  deductible temporary  differences and
operating loss carryforwards  and deferred  tax liabilities  are recognized  for
taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between
the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax
assets  are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management,
it is more likely than not that some  portion or all of the deferred tax  assets
will  not be realized. Deferred tax assets  and liabilities are adjusted for the
effects of  changes  in  tax laws  and  rates  on the  date  of  enactment.  The
operations  of  each of  the dealerships  have  historically filed  separate tax
returns from the Control Group.
 
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS - The fair value of financial statements  is
determined  by reference to various market  data and other valuation techniques,
as  appropriate.  Unless  otherwise  disclosed,  the  fair  value  of  financial
instruments  approximates their recorded values  due primarily to the short-term
nature of their maturities.
 
EARNINGS PER SHARE - Earnings per share data is not presented, as the historical
capital structure  prior  to the  Offering  is  not comparable  to  the  capital
structure that will exist after the Offering.
 
OTHER  OPERATING REVENUE - Other operating revenue primarily consists of finance
fees, insurance commissions, sales for parts and service and revenue  recognized
from the sale of extended warranty contracts.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
PERVASIVENESS  OF  ESTIMATES  -  The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management  to
make  estimates and assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets and
liabilities, and related revenues and expenses, and disclosure of gain and  loss
contingencies  at the  date of  the financial  statements. Actual  results could
differ from those estimates.
 
NOTE 3 - ACQUISITIONS
Effective February  2,  1995,  the Company  acquired  Performance  Nissan,  Inc.
(formerly  Jim Glover Nissan, Inc.). Performance Nissan is engaged in the retail
sales of new and used  vehicles and in the  retail and wholesale of  replacement
parts  and vehicle  servicing. The  total purchase  price of  approximately $1.4
million was funded originally by bank debt and was subsequently refinanced  with
GMAC.  The acquisition has been accounted for  as a purchase, and the results of
Performance Nissan have been included in the accompanying combined statements of
operations since the date of acquisition.  The cost of the acquisition has  been
allocated on the basis of the estimated fair market value of the assets acquired
and the liabilities assumed.
 
A  summary of the purchase price  allocation for Performance Nissan is presented
below (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                          <C>
Net working capital                                          $      76
Equipment                                                           61
Excess of cost over fair value of net assets acquired            1,300
                                                             ---------
    Total                                                    $   1,437
                                                             ---------
                                                             ---------
</TABLE>
 
Effective December  4,  1995,  the  Company  acquired  Performance  Dodge,  Inc.
(formerly  Jim Glover Dodge,  Inc.). Performance Dodge is  engaged in the retail
sales of new and used automobiles and in the retail and wholesale of replacement
parts and  vehicle servicing.  The total  purchase price  of approximately  $5.9
million  was financed with debt proceeds of $3.7 million and a mortgage of $1.85
million, both  of which  were provided  by GMAC.  The remaining  purchase  price
approximating   $302,000  was   provided  with  available   cash  from  existing
dealerships. The  acquisition has  been accounted  for as  a purchase,  and  the
results  of Performance  Dodge have been  included in  the accompanying combined
statements of operations  since the  date of the  acquisition. The  cost of  the
acquisition  has been allocated on the basis  of the estimated fair market value
of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed.
 
A summary of the  purchase price allocation for  Performance Dodge is  presented
below (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                          <C>
Net working capital                                          $   1,160
Property and equipment                                           1,992
Excess of cost over fair value of net assets acquired            2,700
                                                             ---------
    Total                                                    $   5,852
                                                             ---------
                                                             ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
The  unaudited combined statement of operations data is presented below on a pro
forma basis as though Performance Nissan and Performance Dodge had been acquired
as of the beginning of 1994 and 1995 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                1994       1995
                                              ---------  ---------
<S>                                           <C>        <C>
Sales and operating revenue                   $ 287,849  $ 298,312
                                              ---------  ---------
                                              ---------  ---------
Net income                                    $   2,884  $   2,600
                                              ---------  ---------
                                              ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
The pro forma results of operations information is not necessarily indicative of
the operating  results  that  would  have occurred  had  the  acquisitions  been
consummated  as  of  the beginning  of  each  period, nor  are  they necessarily
indicative of future operations.
 
In March  1993, the  Company acquired  the remaining  40% minority  interest  in
Westgate  Chevrolet, Inc. for $1.0 million,  resulting in additional goodwill of
$773,000 which is being amortized over  40 years. Minority interest for the  two
months ended February 28, 1993 approximated $30,000.
 
NOTE 4 - MAJOR SUPPLIERS AND FRANCHISE AGREEMENTS
The Company has three GM, two Nissan and one Dodge auto dealerships. The Company
enters into agreements ("Dealer Agreements") with the automakers that supply new
vehicles  and parts  to its  dealerships. The  Company's overall  sales could be
impacted by the automakers' ability  or unwillingness to supply the  dealerships
with  an adequate  supply of  popular models.  The Company's  existing GM Dealer
Agreements have remaining terms of  approximately five years, expiring in  2000.
The  Nissan  and Dodge  Dealership Agreements  have  no stated  expiration date.
Management currently believes that it  will be able to  renew all the GM  Dealer
Agreements  upon  expiration; however,  there can  be no  assurance that  the GM
Dealer Agreements will be renewed.
 
The Dealer  Agreements  generally  limit locations  of  dealerships  and  retain
automaker  approval rights over  changes in dealership  management and ownership
greater than 20%. Each  automaker also is entitled  to terminate the  dealership
agreement  if the dealership  is in material  breach of the  terms. In addition,
under the June 1996 agreements  with GM, the Company  has agreed to comply  with
GM's  Network 2000  Channel Strategy ("Project  2000"). Project  2000 includes a
plan to  eliminate 1,500  GM dealerships  by the  year 2000,  primarily  through
dealership  buybacks  and approval  by GM  of interdealership  acquisitions, and
encourages dealers to align GM divisions' brands as may be requested by GM.  The
June  1996 agreements require that the  Company bring any GM dealership acquired
after the Offering into compliance with the Project 2000 plan within one year of
the acquisition. Failure to achieve  such compliance will result in  termination
of  the Dealer Agreement and a buy back  of the related dealership assets by GM.
The Company  believes that  this aspect  of the  June 1996  agreements does  not
present  a significant  risk to  its business  or future  operating results. The
Company's ability  to  expand operations  depends,  in part,  on  obtaining  the
consent  of the  automakers to  the acquisition  or establishment  of additional
dealerships.
 
NOTE 5 - ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
Contracts in  transit and  vehicle receivables  primarily represent  receivables
from  financial  institutions such  as  GMAC, Chrysler  Credit  Corporation, and
regional banks  who  provide  funding  for  customer  vehicle  financing.  These
receivables  are normally  collected in  less than  30 days  of the  sale of the
vehicle.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Trade receivables primarily relate to the sale of parts to commercial  customers
and  finance fees  representing amounts  due from  financial institutions earned
from arranging financing  with the  Company's customers. Amounts  due from  auto
manufacturers  represent  receivables for  parts and  service work  performed on
vehicles pursuant to the auto manufacturer's warranty coverage. Receivables from
auto manufacturers  also  include amounts  due  from the  auto  manufacturer  in
connection with the purchase of vehicles ("holdback") pursuant to the dealership
agreement;  such amounts  are generally remitted  to the Company  on a quarterly
basis.
 
The accounts receivable balances at December 31, 1994 and 1995 are comprised  of
the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1994       1995
                                                          ---------  ---------
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>
Contracts in transit and vehicle receivables              $   2,099  $   4,837
Trade                                                         1,345      2,596
Due from auto manufacturers                                   1,085      1,923
Other                                                           129        162
                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                              4,658      9,518
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts                          (135)      (135)
                                                          ---------  ---------
    Total accounts receivable                             $   4,523  $   9,383
                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                          ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 6 - CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentration of
credit  risk,  consist principally  of cash  and  cash equivalents  and accounts
receivable. The Company invests  a substantial portion of  its excess cash  with
GMAC  and, to  a lesser extent,  with financial institutions  with strong credit
ratings. Cash invested with GMAC can be  withdrawn at any time. At December  31,
1995,   amounts  invested  approximated  $7,705,000,   with  the  interest  rate
approximating 8.5%. At times, amounts  invested with financial institutions  may
be  in excess of FDIC insurance limits. As of December 31, 1995, the Company has
not experienced any losses on its cash equivalents.
 
Concentrations of credit risk with  respect to customer receivables are  limited
primarily  to auto  manufacturers and  financial institutions  such as  GMAC and
regional banks. Credit risk arising  from receivables from commercial  customers
is  minimal  due  to the  large  number  of customers  comprising  the Company's
customer base. However, they are concentrated in the Company's two market  areas
located in the panhandle area of Texas and central Oklahoma.
 
NOTE 7 - PROVISION FOR FINANCE FEES AND INSURANCE COMMISSION CHARGEBACKS
Presented  below is the change  in the allowance for  estimated finance fees and
insurance commission chargebacks for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and
1995 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 1993       1994       1995
                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                            <C>        <C>        <C>
Balance January 1                              $   1,131  $   1,523  $   1,595
Provision                                          1,292      1,252      1,917
Actual chargebacks                                  (900)    (1,180)    (1,456)
                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
Ending allowance balance at December 31        $   1,523  $   1,595  $   2,056
                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
NOTE 8 - INCOME TAX MATTERS
Components of income tax expense consist of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                   1993       1994       1995
                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                              <C>        <C>        <C>
Paid or payable on currently taxable income:
  Federal                                        $     941  $   1,160  $   1,910
  State                                                135        178        265
Net increase (decrease) due to deferred income
  taxes                                                 97         13       (865)
                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total income tax expense                     $   1,173  $   1,351  $   1,310
                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
Income tax expense  for the  years ended  December 31,  1993, 1994  and 1995  is
different  than the amount computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate
to income before income taxes. The reasons for these differences are as  follows
(in thousands except percentages):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   1993       1994       1995
                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                              <C>        <C>        <C>
Pre-tax income                                   $   3,168  $   3,733  $   3,505
Statutory tax rate                                     34%        34%        34%
                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
Federal income tax at statutory rate                 1,077      1,269      1,192
State income tax, net of federal benefit                91        103         97
Other                                                    5        (21)        21
                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
Total income tax expense                         $   1,173  $   1,351  $   1,310
                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
Effective tax rate                                   37.0%      36.2%      37.4%
                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
Net  deferred tax liabilities consist of the following components as of December
31, 1994 and 1995 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1994       1995
                                                         ---------  ---------
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Goodwill amortization                                  $    (514) $    (500)
  Inventory                                                 (3,723)    (3,990)
  Other                                                     --            (37)
                                                         ---------  ---------
                                                            (4,237)    (4,527)
                                                         ---------  ---------
Deferred tax assets:
  Accrued compensation                                      --            401
  Deferred warranty revenue                                  1,624      2,069
  Chargeback allowance                                         588        761
  Net operating loss carryforward                              141        244
  Other                                                         63         96
                                                         ---------  ---------
                                                             2,416      3,571
                                                         ---------  ---------
    Net deferred tax liability                           $  (1,821) $    (956)
                                                         ---------  ---------
                                                         ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
As of  December 31,  1995,  the Company  has  net operating  loss  carryforwards
totaling  $677,000, which expire in 2004  through 2010. Management believes that
it is more  likely than  not that  the Company will  utilize all  of these  loss
carryforwards; accordingly, no valuation allowance has been provided.
 
The  Company is changing  its tax basis  method of valuing  inventories from the
LIFO method to the FIFO and specific identification methods in 1996. The balance
of the LIFO  reserve as  of December  31, 1995  will be  amortized into  taxable
income  over  a  three to  six  year  period, thereby  increasing  current taxes
payable. This amortization will create a corresponding reduction in the deferred
tax liability related to inventory and  will not impact the Company's  effective
tax rate.
 
NOTE 9 - INVENTORIES
The inventory balances are comprised of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                                     --------------------
                                                       1994       1995
                                                     ---------  ---------   MARCH 31,
                                                                              1996
                                                                           -----------
                                                                           (unaudited)
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>
Inventories at cost:
  New vehicles and demonstrators                     $  15,887  $  32,502   $  25,876
  Used vehicles                                          6,067      9,316       8,486
  Parts and accessories                                  1,289      1,913       1,730
                                                     ---------  ---------  -----------
    Total inventory                                  $  23,243  $  43,731   $  36,092
                                                     ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                     ---------  ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 10 - DEBT
Notes payable and long-term debt (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1994       1995
                                                               ---------  ---------
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>
Floor plan notes payable to General Motors Acceptance
  Corporation with interest at prime, collateralized by
  vehicle inventory. The prime interest rate at December 31,
  1994 and 1995 was 8.50%.                                     $  18,964  $  39,088
Mortgage loans at prime rate, maturing in 2000 and 2002,
  monthly principal payments aggregating $45,500 plus
  interest inclusive of principal and interest,
  collateralized by related property.                              6,727      8,154
Notes payable to GMAC with interest at prime, collateralized
  by property and inventory, quarterly principal payments
  aggregating $255,000 with interest and maturing from 1996
  through 2002.                                                    1,078      5,230
Due to affiliates on demand, with an average rate of 8.50% at
  December 31, 1994 and 1995.                                      2,225      5,954
                                                               ---------  ---------
                                                                  28,994     58,426
Debt payable within one year:
  Floor plan notes payable                                       (18,964)   (39,088)
  Due to affiliates                                               (2,225)    (5,954)
  Current maturities and notes payable                              (655)    (1,525)
                                                               ---------  ---------
    Total long-term debt                                       $   7,150  $  11,859
                                                               ---------  ---------
                                                               ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
Substantially  all  the  Company's  debt is  unconditionally  guaranteed  by the
Control Group.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Maturities of long-term debt for the five years subsequent to December 31,  1995
are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                          <C>
1996.......................................................  $   1,525
1997.......................................................      1,345
1998.......................................................      1,345
1999.......................................................      1,345
2000.......................................................      1,592
2001 and thereafter........................................      6,232
</TABLE>
 
Management  believes  that  the  fair  value  of  the  Company's  long-term debt
approximates its recorded  value based  on the  floating nature  of the  related
interest rates.
 
NOTE 11 - ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                          --------------------
                                                            1994       1995
                                                          ---------  ---------
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>
Payroll and bonuses                                       $   2,150  $   1,787
Deferred warranty revenue - current portion                   1,736      2,109
Chargeback allowance                                          1,595      2,056
Other                                                         1,485      1,543
                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                          $   6,966  $   7,495
                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                          ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 12 - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                         --------------------
                                                           1994       1995
                                                         ---------  ---------
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>
Land                                                     $   1,673  $   1,858
Buildings                                                    7,390     10,041
Furniture, fixtures and equipment                            4,288      4,830
                                                         ---------  ---------
                                                            13,351     16,729
Less: accumulated depreciation                              (4,068)    (4,622)
                                                         ---------  ---------
                                                         $   9,283  $  12,107
                                                         ---------  ---------
                                                         ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 13 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
The   Company's  defined  contribution  plan,  available  to  substantially  all
employees, permits eligible participants to contribute  from 1% to 15% of  their
annual compensation. The Company may make voluntary contributions to the plan as
well. The Company has not made any contributions to the plan for the three years
ended December 31, 1995.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
The  Company currently  anticipates implementing the  following employee benefit
plans upon completion of the Offering:
 
The Company  expects  to implement  its  1996  Stock Option  Plan  (the  "Plan")
immediately  prior  to  completion  of  the  Offering.  The  Company anticipates
granting options to purchase 6,250 shares of common stock to a certain executive
officer immediately prior to the Offering exercisable at the offering price. The
Plan requires that the per share exercise price of options granted must equal at
least 100% of the  fair market value  at date of  grant or 110%  in the case  of
incentive  stock  options  granted to  employees  owning  more than  10%  of the
outstanding common stock.  The Company intends  to reserve 1,325,000  authorized
but  unissued shares of common  stock for issuance under  the Plan. Options will
generally vest over a five-year period.
 
The Company  may  grant  shares  of  restricted  stock,  which  are  subject  to
forfeiture  to the Company,  under such conditions  and for such  period of time
(not less  than  one year)  as  the Company  may  determine. The  conditions  or
restrictions  of  any  restricted  stock  awards  may  include  restrictions  on
transferability, requirements of continued employment, individual performance or
the Company's financial performance.
 
NOTE 14 - STOCKHOLDERS' RIGHTS PLAN
Simultaneously with the completion of the Offering, the Company's  Stockholder's
Rights  Plan  (the  "Plan")  will  take  effect.  Pursuant  to  the  Plan,  each
shareholder of the Company  will be issued  one right for  each share of  common
stock  owned. Until a right is exercised, the holder thereof, as such, will have
no rights as a stockholder of  the Company. Each right becomes exercisable  upon
certain  events involving the acquisition of or stated intention by an entity to
acquire 19.9% of  the Company's  common stock. Upon  the occurrence  of such  an
event,  each right entitles its  holder to purchase common  stock of the Company
or, in  certain circumstances,  of the  acquiror,  worth twice  as much  as  the
exercise  price. The Company also has the right to reduce the 19.9% threshold to
10%. If the Company is unable to  issue a sufficient number of shares of  common
stock  to permit the  exercise in full of  the rights for  common stock, it will
issue shares of junior preferred stock  upon exercise of the rights. The  junior
preferred stock is non-redeemable and junior to any other preferred stock of the
Company.  The provisions of  the junior preferred stock  are designed to provide
that each one one-hundredth of a  share of junior preferred stock issuable  upon
exercise  of a right approximates  the value of one  share of common stock. Each
whole share of junior preferred stock accrues  a quarterly dividend of $1 and  a
dividend  equal  to  100 times  any  dividend  paid on  the  common  stock. Upon
liquidation of the  Company, each whole  share of junior  preferred stock has  a
liquidation preference of $100 plus an amount equal to 100 times the amount paid
on any common stock. Each share of junior preferred stock entitles its holder to
100  votes on matters  submitted to the Company's  stockholders, which votes are
cast with the votes of the holders of common stock. If the Company were  merged,
consolidated  or  involved  in  a  similar  transaction,  each  share  of junior
preferred stock  would  entitle its  holder  to  receive 100  times  the  amount
received by holders of common stock in the merger or similar transaction.
 
NOTE 15 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The  Company is a party to various  legal actions arising in the ordinary course
of its business. The  liability, if any, associated  with these matters was  not
determinable    at   December   31,    1995.   While   it    is   not   feasible
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
to determine the outcome of these actions, the Company's information,  including
discussions  with  legal counsel,  at  this time  does  not indicate  that these
matters will have a material adverse effect upon financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.
 
The Company  is also  subject to  federal and  state environmental  regulations,
including rules relating to air and water pollution and the storage and disposal
of   gasoline,  oil,  other  chemicals  and  waste.  Local,  state  and  federal
regulations also affect automobile dealerships' advertising, sales, service  and
financing  activities. The Company believes that it complies with all applicable
laws relating to its business.
 
The  Company   has  certain   financial  guarantees   outstanding   representing
conditional  commitments  issued  by the  Company  to guarantee  the  payment of
certain  customers'  loans.   These  financial   guarantees  have   historically
represented  an  immaterial portion  of its  sales.  The Company's  exposure for
financial guarantees is  less than the  customer's full contractual  obligations
outstanding   under  such  financial  guarantees  which  at  December  31,  1995
approximated $14.4 million. No material loss is anticipated as a result of  such
guarantees.
 
Pursuant  to an agreement  dated April 1,  1996 between Mr.  Ezra P. Mager, Vice
Chairman and Director, and GGFP, Mr. Mager  has agreed to purchase 3% (equal  to
303,750  shares) of the common stock of the Company on a fully diluted basis for
$250,000. Additionally,  pursuant to  such agreement,  upon the  closing of  the
Offering  the Company is obligated  to grant to Mr.  Mager an option pursuant to
the 1996  Stock  Option  Plan  to  purchase  1%  (approximately  133,838  shares
inclusive  of the 6,250 shares issuable under grants as described in Note 15) of
the shares of common  stock that will  then be outstanding,  on a fully  diluted
basis,  with an  exercise price  equal to the  Offering price.  The Company will
record the  difference between  the estimated  fair value  of the  common  stock
purchased and the cash consideration paid as employee compensation in its second
quarter  of 1996. The Company  has engaged an independent  third party expert to
appraise the  fair value  of the  stock as  of the  date of  the agreement.  The
Company  expects that  the change  will have a  material non-cash  impact on its
results of operations  for the quarter  ending June  30, 1996 and  for the  year
ending December 31, 1996.
 
NOTE 16 - SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                                 -------------------------------
(In thousands)                                     1993       1994       1995
                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                              <C>        <C>        <C>
Interest paid                                    $   2,104  $   2,398  $   3,697
Income taxes paid                                $     658  $   2,034  $   1,707
</TABLE>
 
Additionally,  the Company acquired  two dealerships during  1995, both of which
were financed primarily with debt (see Note 3).
 
NOTE 17 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company  receives services  provided by  GGFP which  include treasury,  risk
management,   tax  compliance,   employee  benefits   administration  and  other
miscellaneous services.  The  costs associated  with  these services  have  been
allocated  to the Company as  described in Note 1.  During fiscal 1993, 1994 and
1995, allocated  expenses  from  GGFP  to  the  Company  approximated  $419,000,
$508,000  and $1,090,000, respectively. During  the unaudited three months ended
March 31, 1995 and 1996, allocated
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
expenses to the Company approximated $228,000 and $364,000, respectively.  These
allocations are classified as selling, general and administrative expense in the
accompanying combined statement of operations.
 
In  connection with its business  travel, the Company from  time to time uses an
airplane that is  owned and operated  by Plains  Air, Inc. Plains  Air, Inc.  is
owned  by  Bill Gilliland  and Bobby  Hall, Chairman  and Senior  Vice Chairman,
respectively. Currently, the  Company pays  Plains Air, Inc.  $13,050 per  month
plus  a fee of approximately $488 per hour for use of the airplane. During 1993,
1994 and  1995 the  Company paid  Plains  Air, Inc.  an aggregate  of  $131,000,
$154,000  and $199,000, and  $38,000 and $70,000 for  the unaudited three months
ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively, for the use of the airplane.
 
In addition to the above corporate allocations, the Company has paid the Control
Group a management fee for executive management services. This fee was generally
based upon the  profits earned and  the level of  executive management  services
rendered.  These  fees are  shown  separately on  the  face of  the accompanying
statement of operations.  Commencing in  1996, the  Company will  no longer  pay
management  fees  to the  Control Group.  In 1996,  the senior  management group
consisting of the Chairman, Senior Vice Chairman, Vice Chairman, and Senior Vice
President  and  Chief   Operating  Officer,  will   receive  cash   compensation
approximating  $1,020,000, may  receive restricted stock  if certain performance
objectives are met and may also receive grants of stock options.
 
In general, the Company is required to  pay for all vehicles purchased from  the
automakers upon delivery of the vehicles to the Company. GMAC provides financing
for  all new vehicles  and used vehicles that  are less than  five years old and
have been driven  less than 70,000  miles. This  type of financing  is known  as
"floor  plan financing"  or "flooring."  Under this  arrangement with  GMAC, the
Company may deposit funds with GMAC in an amount up to 75% of the amount of  the
floor  plan financing. Such funds earn interest at the same rate charged by GMAC
to the Company for its flooring. From time to time, the Control Group and  other
affiliates  will  advance funds  to  the Company  primarily  for the  purpose of
investing their excess cash with GMAC. The Company acts only as an  intermediary
in  this process.  At December 31,  1994 and 1995  and at March  31, 1996, funds
advanced and outstanding from affiliates approximated $1,323,000, $2,895,000 and
$5,388,000 (unaudited), respectively. Aggregate amounts outstanding pursuant  to
these  arrangements at  December 31,  1994 and  1995 and  at March  31, 1996 are
included in Due to Affiliates in  the accompanying balance sheet. The amount  of
interest  accrued pursuant to these arrangements during 1993, 1994, 1995 and for
the unaudited three months ended March  31, 1995 and 1996 approximated  $10,000,
$122,000, $226,000, $35,000 and $84,000, respectively.
 
During  1994, GGFP advanced the Company $1.05  million to fund the relocation of
one of  its  dealerships. During  1995,  GGFP advanced  funds  aggregating  $2.6
million  to the Company for working capital purposes at the dealerships acquired
in 1995.  At December  31, 1994  and  1995 and  at March  31, 1996,  the  amount
outstanding  pursuant to these  advances approximated $.9  million, $3.1 million
and $.5 million (unaudited), respectively.
 
GGFP was the contracting  agent for the construction  of certain facilities  for
the  Company during 1995.  The total cost of  the facility approximated $570,000
which included approximately $52,000  as payment to  GGFP for architectural  and
construction management fees.
 
The  Company  leases its  corporate offices  from GGFP  under a  five-year lease
extending through June 2001 for an annual rent of approximately $64,800.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
NOTE 18 - LEASES
The Company leases, under  operating leases, certain of  the land and  buildings
relating  to  certain of  its dealerships  and  certain computer  equipment. The
property leases expire  in 1998 through  2002 and have  renewal options  ranging
from  5 to 7 years. The Company has  an option to purchase the property on which
Performance Nissan, Inc. operates  for $2.2 million upon  the expiration of  the
lease  in 2002. Additionally, the Company has an option to purchase a portion of
the property on which Quality Nissan, Inc. operates for $400,000 upon expiration
of that  lease  in 1998.  The  total rent  expense  under all  operating  leases
approximated $301,000 in 1995.
 
The aggregate minimum rental commitments for all noncancellable operating leases
are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                      <C>
Fiscal year:
  1996.................................................  $  385,000
  1997.................................................     385,000
  1998.................................................     385,000
  1999.................................................     385,000
  2000.................................................     279,000
  Thereafter...........................................     209,000
                                                         ----------
                                                         $2,028,000
                                                         ----------
                                                         ----------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 19 - SUBSEQUENT EVENT
Effective  June 17, 1996, the Company executed  a purchase and sale agreement in
which it has agreed  to purchase a  Dodge dealership in  Oklahoma City for  cash
consideration  of approximately  $12.8 million  for fixed  assets and intangible
assets, plus an estimated  $750,000 for parts  inventory. The Company  currently
intends  to  use proceeds  from  the Offering  to  fund the  purchase  price. In
addition, the Company will purchase the new and used vehicle inventory at  their
negotiated  fair value, which will be funded by floor plan financing provided by
GMAC and proceeds  from the Offering.  Additionally, the Company  has agreed  to
issue  warrants to  the seller  to purchase  $1,000,000 of  common stock  at the
Offering price. The warrants can be exercised over a five-year period commencing
with the closing  date of  the purchase.  The fair  value of  the warrants  will
represent  additional  purchase  price  consideration  to  be  allocated  to the
estimated fair value of the assets acquired. The purchase is contingent upon the
Company's successful completion of its Offering and upon approval of the  change
in  ownership by  Dodge. The dealership's  revenue for  1995 approximated $121.0
million. The  Company  will account  for  this  acquisition as  a  purchase  and
consolidate  its  results of  operations from  the date  of consummation  of the
purchase.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors of
Cross-Country Auto Retailers, Inc
 
 .
 
In  our opinion, the  accompanying balance sheets and  the related statements of
operations, of changes in stockholders' equity and of cash flows present fairly,
in all material respects,  the financial position of  Jim Glover Dodge, Inc.  at
November  30, 1994 and 1995  and the results of  their operations and their cash
flows for the years then ended in conformity with generally accepted  accounting
principles.  These financial statements are  the responsibility of the Company's
management; our  responsibility is  to  express an  opinion on  these  financial
statements  based on our audits. We conducted  our audits of these statements in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on  a
test  basis, evidence  supporting the amounts  and disclosures  in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting  principles used and significant  estimates
made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We  believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above.
 
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
 
Fort Worth, Texas
June 4, 1996
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                             JIM GLOVER DODGE, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 30,
                                                                   ------------------------
                                                                      1994         1995
                                                                   -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                <C>          <C>
Revenues:
  Vehicle sales                                                    $56,719,000  $55,498,000
  Other operating revenues                                           8,178,000    8,419,000
                                                                   -----------  -----------
    Total revenues                                                  64,897,000   63,917,000
                                                                   -----------  -----------
Cost of sales and expenses:
  Cost of sales                                                     56,867,000   55,370,000
  Selling, general and administrative                                6,272,000    7,268,000
  Interest expense                                                     270,000      367,000
                                                                   -----------  -----------
                                                                    63,409,000   63,005,000
                                                                   -----------  -----------
    Net income                                                     $ 1,488,000  $   912,000
                                                                   -----------  -----------
                                                                   -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                      part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                             JIM GLOVER DODGE, INC.
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       NOVEMBER 30,
                                                                 ------------------------
                                                                    1994         1995
                                                                 -----------  -----------
<S>                                                              <C>          <C>
Current assets:
  Cash                                                           $     4,000  $   632,000
  Accounts receivable                                              2,653,000    2,267,000
  Inventories                                                      9,348,000    7,475,000
                                                                 -----------  -----------
    Total current assets                                          12,005,000   10,374,000
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of
 $121,000 and $164,000, respectively                                  91,000      130,000
                                                                 -----------  -----------
                                                                 $12,096,000  $10,504,000
                                                                 -----------  -----------
                                                                 -----------  -----------
 
                          LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Floor plan notes payable                                       $ 8,240,000  $ 6,688,000
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses                              696,000      292,000
  Due to affiliates                                                   -           552,000
                                                                 -----------  -----------
    Total current liabilities                                      8,936,000    7,532,000
                                                                 -----------  -----------
Stockholders' equity:
  Common stock, $1 par value - 250,000 shares authorized and
   outstanding                                                       250,000      250,000
  Retained earnings                                                2,910,000    2,722,000
                                                                 -----------  -----------
                                                                   3,160,000    2,972,000
                                                                 -----------  -----------
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 6, 7 and 8)
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                   $12,096,000  $10,504,000
                                                                 -----------  -----------
                                                                 -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                      part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                             JIM GLOVER DODGE, INC.
 
                  STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                   FOR THE TWO YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          COMMON     RETAINED
                                                           STOCK     EARNINGS       TOTAL
                                                         ---------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>          <C>
Balance at November 30, 1993                             $ 250,000  $ 1,902,000  $ 2,152,000
Net income                                                   -        1,488,000    1,488,000
Distributions to stockholders                                -         (480,000)    (480,000)
                                                         ---------  -----------  -----------
Balance at November 30, 1994                               250,000    2,910,000    3,160,000
Net income                                                   -          912,000      912,000
Distributions to stockholders                                -       (1,100,000)  (1,100,000)
                                                         ---------  -----------  -----------
Balance at November 30, 1995                             $ 250,000  $ 2,722,000  $ 2,972,000
                                                         ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                         ---------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                      part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                             JIM GLOVER DODGE, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 30,
                                                                     -----------------------
                                                                        1994        1995
                                                                     ----------  -----------
<S>                                                                  <C>         <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income                                                         $1,488,000  $   912,000
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
   operating activities:
    Depreciation                                                         22,000       24,000
  (Increase) decrease in:
    Accounts receivable                                                (300,000)     385,000
    Inventory                                                          (149,000)   1,872,000
  Increase (decrease) in:
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses                              (617,000)    (404,000)
                                                                     ----------  -----------
      Net cash provided by operating activities                         444,000    2,789,000
                                                                     ----------  -----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Investment of property and equipment                                  (34,000)     (62,000)
                                                                     ----------  -----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Change in floor plan notes payable                                    113,000   (1,551,000)
  Advance from affiliates                                               (44,000)     552,000
  Distributions to stockholders                                        (480,000)  (1,100,000)
                                                                     ----------  -----------
      Net cash used by financing activities                            (411,000)  (2,099,000)
                                                                     ----------  -----------
Increase (decrease) in cash                                              (1,000)     628,000
Cash at beginning of period                                               5,000        4,000
                                                                     ----------  -----------
Cash at end of period                                                $    4,000  $   632,000
                                                                     ----------  -----------
                                                                     ----------  -----------
 
Cash paid for interest                                               $  274,000  $   305,000
                                                                     ----------  -----------
                                                                     ----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                      part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
JIM GLOVER DODGE, INC.
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
BUSINESS  OPERATIONS  -  Jim  Glover  Dodge,  Inc.'s  (the  "Company") principal
business is  the retail  sales  of new  Dodge  automobiles obtained  through  an
exclusive  dealer agreement  with the  manufacturer/distributor and  the sale of
used cars. The  Company operates  in the Oklahoma  City area.  In addition,  the
Company retails and wholesales replacement parts and provides vehicle servicing.
 
MAJOR SUPPLIER AND DEALER AGREEMENT - The Company purchases substantially all of
its  new vehicles and parts  inventory from Chrysler Motor  Company, Inc. at the
prevailing prices  charged by  the  automobile manufacturer/distributor  to  all
franchised dealers.
 
The  Company's overall  sales could  be impacted  by the  automaker's ability or
unwillingness to  supply  the dealership  with  an adequate  supply  of  popular
models.  Management currently believes that it will  be able to renew the Dealer
Agreement upon expiration. However,  there can be no  assurance that the  Dealer
Agreement will be renewed.
 
The Dealer Agreement generally limits the location of the dealership and retains
automaker approval rights over changes in dealership management and ownership.
 
CONCENTRATION  OF CREDIT RISK  - Financial instruments  that potentially subject
the Company  to  concentrations  of  credit risk  consist  principally  of  cash
deposits.  The  Company  generally  limits its  exposure  to  credit  risks from
balances on  deposit in  financial institutions  in excess  of the  FDIC-insured
limit.  However, at November 30, 1995, cash  in excess of the FDIC-insured limit
approximated $532,000.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION -  Revenues from vehicle  and parts sales  and from  service
operations  are recognized at the time the  vehicle is delivered to the customer
or service is completed.
 
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE  -  An  allowance  for doubtful  accounts  is  provided  for
accounts that are deemed to be uncollectible.
 
INVENTORIES  - Vehicles are  stated at the  lower of cost  or market, cost being
determined on a specific identification basis. Parts are stated at the lower  of
cost or market, cost being determined on the first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT - Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation
is  computed using  the straight-line  method over  the respective  lives of the
assets.
 
RECOGNITION OF FINANCE  FEES AND  INSURANCE COMMISSIONS -  The Company  arranges
financing  for  its customers'  vehicle  purchases and  insurance  in connection
therewith. Financing contracts are reviewed by the dealership and are  forwarded
to  Chrysler Financing and other financial  institutions. The Company receives a
fee from the financial  institution for arranging the  financing and receives  a
commission  for the sale of an insurance policy. The Company is charged back for
a portion of this fee should the customer terminate the finance contract  before
its  scheduled term. Finance fees and insurance commissions, net of chargebacks,
are classified  as other  operating  revenue in  the accompanying  statement  of
operations.  See Note  2 for  an analysis  of the  reserve for  estimated future
chargebacks.
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
JIM GLOVER DODGE, INC.
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
FEDERAL INCOME TAXES - The Company  is organized as a sub-chapter  S-Corporation
under  the Internal Revenue Code; therefore, the income earned by the Company is
reported on  the personal  tax  returns of  the stockholders.  Consequently,  no
provision  for  income taxes  has been  recorded  in the  accompanying financial
statements.
 
ADVERTISING AND  PROMOTIONAL  COSTS  - Advertising  and  promotional  costs  are
expensed  as incurred  and are included  in selling,  general and administrative
expense in the accompanying combined statement of operations. Total  advertising
and  promotional  expenses approximated  $1,260,000 and  $1,436,000 in  1994 and
1995, respectively.
 
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL  INSTRUMENTS - The fair  value of financial  instruments
approximates  their recorded  values due primarily  to the  short-term nature of
their maturities.
 
PERVASIVENESS  OF  ESTIMATES  -  The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in
conformity  with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to
make estimates  and assumptions  that  affect the  reported amounts  of  assets,
liabilities, revenues and expenses and disclosure of gain and loss contingencies
at  the date of  the financial statements.  The actual outcome  of the estimates
could differ  from  the estimates  made  in  the preparation  of  the  financial
statements.
 
NOTE 2 - PROVISION FOR FINANCE FEE AND INSURANCE COMMISSION CHARGEBACKS
Presented below is the change in the reserve for estimated finance and insurance
chargebacks for the fiscal years 1994 and 1995:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    1994          1995
                                                ------------  ------------
<S>                                             <C>           <C>
Beginning reserve balance at December 01        $    152,000  $     93,000
Provision                                            453,000       525,000
Actual chargebacks                                  (512,000)     (510,000)
                                                ------------  ------------
Ending reserve balance at November 30           $     93,000  $    108,000
                                                ------------  ------------
                                                ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 3 - CONTRACTS IN TRANSIT AND ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
Contracts  in transit  and vehicle  receivables primarily  represent receivables
from financial  institutions such  as Chrysler  Finance and  regional banks  who
provide  funding for customer vehicle  financing. These receivables are normally
collected in less than  30 days of  the sale of  the vehicle. Trade  receivables
primarily  relate to the sale of parts  to commercial customers and finance fees
representing amounts  due  from  financial institutions  earned  from  arranging
financing  with  the Company's  customers. Amounts  due from  auto manufacturers
primarily represent receivables for parts and service work performed on vehicles
pursuant to the auto manufacturer's warranty coverage.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
JIM GLOVER DODGE, INC.
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
The accounts receivable balance at November 30 is comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1994           1995
                                              -------------  -------------
<S>                                           <C>            <C>
Trade                                         $     487,000  $     437,000
Contracts in transit                              1,823,000      1,370,000
Due from manufacturer                               249,000        322,000
Due from finance companies                           94,000        138,000
                                              -------------  -------------
    Total accounts receivable                 $   2,653,000  $   2,267,000
                                              -------------  -------------
                                              -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 4 - INVENTORIES
The November 30 inventory balance is comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1994           1995
                                              -------------  -------------
<S>                                           <C>            <C>
New vehicles and demonstrators                $   5,988,000  $   5,386,000
Used vehicles                                     2,602,000      1,343,000
Parts and accessories                               758,000        746,000
                                              -------------  -------------
                                              $   9,348,000  $   7,475,000
                                              -------------  -------------
                                              -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 5 - FLOOR PLAN NOTES PAYABLE
The manufacturer/distributor  finances new  and used  vehicle purchases  by  the
Company.  Floor plan notes payable bear  interest at the finance company's prime
rate (approximately 9.5% at November 30, 1995). The notes are collateralized  by
all  of the Company's tangible and  intangible personal property, including, but
not limited to, substantially all new, used and demonstrator vehicles, parts and
accessories inventory, accounts receivable, and all machinery and equipment. The
notes are generally due within  ten days of the sale  of the vehicles or  within
three days after receiving the sales proceeds, whichever is sooner. Accordingly,
floor  plan notes  payable have been  classified as current  in the accompanying
balance sheet.
 
NOTE 6 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
OPERATING LEASES -  The Company  leases the facility  on which  it conducts  its
retail  automobile business.  In connection  with the  sale of  its business and
inventory to Performance Dodge,  Inc. (as more fully  discussed in Note 9),  the
owners  of  Performance Dodge,  Inc. acquired  the Company's  primary dealership
facility and continued to lease the facility to the Company. This lease  expired
upon the sale of the business and inventory to Performance Dodge, Inc. Two other
land and building leases require annual rent payments of $24,000 and $13,200 and
expire in May 1997 and March 2000, respectively.
 
Rent expense on all operating leases was approximately $235,000 and $236,000 for
the  years  ended  November  30,  1994  and  November  30,  1995,  respectively.
Additionally, the Company is liable for property taxes and insurance.
 
NOTE 7 - LITIGATION
From time to time, the Company is named in claims involving the manufacture  and
sale  of  automobiles, contractual  disputes and  other  matters arising  in the
ordinary course of business. Currently, no legal
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
JIM GLOVER DODGE, INC.
 
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
proceedings are pending against or involve  the Company that, in the opinion  of
management, could be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial
condition,  results of operations  or cash flows  of the Company  in the year of
ultimate settlement.
 
The Company  is also  subject to  federal and  state environmental  regulations,
including rules relating to air and water pollution and the storage and disposal
of  gasoline, oil and other chemicals and waste. The Company is not aware of any
pending environmental matters  or matters of  noncompliance with all  applicable
environmental laws relating to its business.
 
In  limited circumstances, the Company will  either partially or fully guarantee
finance contracts  of  customers with  the  financial institutions  issuing  the
credit.  The amount  of outstanding finance  contracts on which  the Company has
either partially or fully guaranteed  the financial performance of the  customer
approximated  $418,000 and $203,000 at November  30, 1994 and November 30, 1995,
respectively.
 
NOTE 8 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
During fiscal 1994 and  1995, the Company leased  the primary building and  land
from an affiliate of the Company. The Company has accounted for this lease as an
operating  lease. During fiscal 1994 and 1995, the Company paid rent of $120,000
and $100,000, respectively, to this affiliate.
 
Several affiliated corporations advanced the  Company funds during fiscal  1995.
These advances bear interest at 9.5% and are due upon demand. Accordingly, these
advances have been classified as a current liability in the accompanying balance
sheet. The balance of these advances at November 30, 1995 approximated $552,000.
There were no outstanding advances from affiliates at November 30, 1994.
 
NOTE 9 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Effective  December 4,  1995, the Company  sold substantially all  its assets to
Performance Dodge, Inc. for the assumption of its floor plan liability and  cash
consideration  of  approximately  $5.9  million. Performance  Dodge,  Inc.  is a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Cross-Country Auto Retailers, Inc.
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
    The  following  table  sets  forth  all  expenses,  other  than underwriting
discounts and commissions, payable by Cross-Country Auto in connection with  the
sale  of the Common Stock being registered. All the amounts shown are estimates,
except for the registration fee with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the
NASD filing fee and the New York Stock Exchange fees.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                       <C>
SEC Registration fee....................................................  $  21,067
NASD filing fee.........................................................      6,610
New York Stock Exchange fees............................................    119,600
Blue Sky fees and expenses..............................................     22,500
Printing and engraving expenses.........................................    142,000
Legal fees and expenses.................................................    400,000
Accounting fees and expenses............................................    550,000
Transfer agent and registrar fees.......................................      7,200
Miscellaneous...........................................................    131,023
                                                                          ---------
    TOTAL...............................................................  $1,400,000
                                                                          ---------
                                                                          ---------
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS.
 
    Cross-Country Auto's Certificate of Incorporation  and Bylaws set forth  the
extent  to which officers or directors  of Cross-Country Auto may be indemnified
against any  liabilities  which they  may  incur.  The general  effect  of  such
provisions  is that any person made a party  to an action, suit or proceeding by
reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Company, or of
another corporation or other enterprise which  he served as such at the  request
of  the Company, shall be indemnified by the Company against expenses (including
attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and  amounts paid in settlement actually  and
reasonably  incurred by him in connection  with such action, suit or proceeding,
to the  full  extent  permitted  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Delaware.
Cross-Country  Auto's Certificate of Incorporation and  Bylaws give the Board of
Directors the  authority to  extend  such indemnification  to employees  of  the
Company  as well. These provisions of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation
and Bylaws are  not exclusive of  any other indemnification  rights to which  an
officer or director may be entitled, whether by contract or otherwise.
 
    The  general effect of  the indemnification provisions  contained in Section
145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law is as follows: A director or officer
who, by reason of such directorship  or officership, is involved in any  action,
suit  or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation)
may be indemnified  by the  corporation against  expenses (including  attorney's
fees),  judgments, fines and amounts paid  in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by him in connection with such  action, suit or proceeding if he  acted
in  good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal  action
or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
A  director or officer  who, by reason  of such directorship  or officership, is
involved in any  action or suit  by or in  the right of  the corporation may  be
indemnified  by  the corporation  against  expenses (including  attorneys' fees)
actually and  reasonably incurred  by  him in  connection  with the  defense  or
settlement  of such action or suit if he acted  in good faith and in a manner he
reasonably believed  to be  in  or not  opposed to  the  best interests  of  the
corporation, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim,
issue  or matter as  to which he  shall have been  adjudged to be  liable to the
corporation  unless  and  only  to  the  extent  that  a  court  of  appropriate
jurisdiction shall approve such indemnification.
 
    Cross-Country  Auto's  Certificate of  Incorporation  provides that,  to the
maximum extent  permitted under  the General  Corporation Law  of the  State  of
Delaware, a director of Cross-Country Auto shall not be personally liable to the
Company  or  to any  of  its stockholders  for  monetary damages  for  breach of
fiduciary duty as a director of  the Company. Section 102(b)(7) of the  Delaware
General  Corporation  Law permits  a  corporation to  include  in its  charter a
provision that eliminates or limits the personal liability of a director to  the
corporation  or its  stockholders for monetary  damages for  breach of fiduciary
duty as a director,  provided that such provision  shall not eliminate or  limit
the   liability  of   a  director   (i)  for   any  breach   of  the  director's
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
duty of  loyalty  to the  corporation  or its  stockholders,  (ii) for  acts  or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation  of law, (iii)  under Section 174 of  the Delaware General Corporation
Law or (iv)  for any  transaction from which  the director  derived an  improper
personal benefit.
 
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
    Cross-Country  Auto was incorporated on May 16, 1996. The Company issued the
following shares of Common Stock as of June 12, 1996 for $10 per share in cash:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              STOCKHOLDER                NUMBER OF SHARES ISSUED
- ---------------------------------------  -----------------------
<S>                                      <C>
Bill A. Gilliland                                       51
Twenty-Two Ten, Ltd.                                    17
Xaris, Ltd.                                             17
Benji Investments, Ltd.                                 10
</TABLE>
 
    On June 20,  1996, the  Company issued the  following shares  of its  Common
Stock  in exchange for all of the  issued and outstanding shares of common stock
of Plains Chevrolet,  Inc., Midway  Chevrolet, Inc.,  Westgate Chevrolet,  Inc.,
Quality Nissan, Inc. and Working Man's Credit Plan, Inc.:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              STOCKHOLDER                NUMBER OF SHARES ISSUED
- ---------------------------------------  -----------------------
<S>                                      <C>
Gilliland Group Family Partnership               8,656,790
Benji Investments, Ltd.                          1,012,490
KAPL, Ltd.                                         151,875
</TABLE>
 
    On  June 21, 1996, the Company issued 303,750 shares of Common Stock to Ezra
P. Mager for an aggregate of $250,000 in cash.
 
    All of  the  issuances  of  securities  described  above  were  exempt  from
registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                              DESCRIPTION
- -----------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
       *1.1  Form of Underwriting Agreement
       *2.1  Buy-Sell Agreement relating to the Dodge Acquisition
        3.1  Certificate of Incorporation of Cross-Country Auto Retailers, Inc.
        3.2  Proposed Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Cross-Country Auto Retailers,
             Inc.
        3.3  By-laws of Cross-Country Auto Retailers, Inc.
        3.4  Proposed Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Cross-Country Auto Retailers, Inc.
       *4.1  Specimen Common Stock Certificate
       *4.2  Stockholders' Rights Plan
       *4.3  Proposed Form of Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement
       *4.4  Form of 1996 Stock Option Plan of Cross-Country Auto Retailers, Inc.
       *5.1  Opinion and Consent of Howard, Darby & Levin
      *10.1  Dealer Sales and Service Agreement, dated November 1, 1995, between the Chevrolet Division of
             General Motors Corporation and Plains Chevrolet, Inc.**
      *10.2  Sales and Service Agreement between Performance Dodge, Inc. and Chrysler Corporation
      *10.3  Dealer Sales and Service Agreement, dated February 8, 1995, between the Nissan Division of Nissan
             Motor Corporation in U.S.A. and Quality Nissan, Inc.***
      *10.4  Dollar Volume Contract, dated March 31, 1994, between Plains Chevrolet, Inc., Westgate Chevrolet,
             Inc., Midway Chevrolet, Inc., and Quality Nissan, Inc. and Amarillo Globe News
      *10.5  Sublease, dated June 1, 1995, between Gilliland Group Family Partnership and Performance Nissan,
             Inc.
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                              DESCRIPTION
- -----------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
      *10.6  Lease, dated March 1, 1994, among John W. Adams, Eleanore A. Braly as Trustee of the Eleanore A.
             Braly Trust, Romie G. Carpenter, Melody Lynn Goff, and Selden Simpson and Quality Nissan, Inc.
      *10.7  Lease, dated June 1, 1996, between Gilliland Group Family Partnership and Cross-Country Auto
             Retailers, Inc.
      *10.8  Wholesale Security Agreement, as amended, dated December 4, 1995, between General Motors Acceptance
             Corporation and Performance Dodge, Inc. ****
      *10.9  Corporation and Shareholders' Agreement of Xaris Management Co.
     *10.10  Documents, dated December 4, 1995, relating to $5,550,000 loan by General Motors Acceptance
             Corporation to Performance Dodge, Inc.
    10.10.1  Promissory Note by Performance Dodge, Inc. to General Motors Acceptance Corporation, in the amount
             of $1,850,000
    10.10.2  Promissory Note by Performance Dodge, Inc. by General Motors Acceptance Corporation, in the amount
             of $3,700,000
    10.10.3  Cross-Default and Cross-Collateralization Agreement between General Motors Acceptance Corporation
             and Performance Dodge, Inc.
    10.10.4  Security Agreement between General Motors Acceptance Corporation and Performance Dodge, Inc.
    10.10.5  Mortgage, Assignment and Security Agreement between General Motors Acceptance Corporation and
             Performance Dodge, Inc.
     *10.11  Documents relating to loan by General Motors Acceptance Corporation to Midway Chevrolet, Inc.
    10.11.1  Promissory Note, dated December 15, 1989, by Midway Chevrolet, Inc. to General Motors Acceptance
             Corporation, in the amount of $977,249.74
    10.11.2  Renewal, Extension and Modification Agreement, dated February 20, 1995, between General Motors
             Acceptance Corporation and Midway Chevrolet, Inc.
    10.11.3  Security Agreement, dated February 20, 1995, between General Motors Acceptance Corporation and
             Midway Chevrolet, Inc.
     *10.12  Documents, dated December 4, 1995, relating to $1,350,000 loan by General Motors Acceptance
             Corporation to Performance Nissan, L.L.C.
    10.12.1  Promissory Note by Performance Nissan, L.L.C. to General Motors Acceptance Corporation, in the
             amount of $1,350,000
    10.12.2  Cross-Default and Cross-Collateralization Agreement between General Motors Acceptance Corporation
             and Performance Nissan, L.L.C.
    10.12.3  Security Agreement between General Motors Acceptance Corporation and Performance Nissan, L.L.C.
     *10.13  Documents relating to used vehicle inventory financing agreements between General Motors Acceptance
             Corporation and Cross-Country Auto Retailers, Inc. dealership subsidiaries
    10.13.1  Used Vehicle Wholesale Borrowing Base Credit Line Loan Agreement, dated June 7, 1996, between
             General Motors Acceptance Corporation and Peformance Dodge, Inc.****
    10.13.2  Promissory Note, dated June 7, 1996, by Performance Dodge, Inc. to General Motors Acceptance
             Corporation, in the amount of $3,000,000*****
    10.13.3  Cross-Default and Cross-Collateralization Agreement between General Motors Acceptance Corporation
             and Performance Nissan, Inc., Performance Dodge, Inc., Midway Chevolet, Inc., Plains Chevrolet,
             Inc., Quality Nissan, Inc. and Westgate Chevrolet, Inc.
       21.1  Subsidiaries
       23.1  Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP, independent accountants, relating to the financial statements of
             Cross-Country Auto Retailers, Inc. and subsidiaries and Jim Glover Dodge, Inc.
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                              DESCRIPTION
- -----------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
      *23.2  Consent of Howard, Darby & Levin (included in Exhibit 5.1)
       24.1  Power of Attorney (see page II-5)
       27.1  Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
*    To be filed by amendment.
**   Substantially identical Agreements exist between the Chevrolet Division and
     each of Midway Chevrolet, Inc. and Westgate Chevrolet, Inc.
***  Substantially  identical Agreement  exists between the  Nissan Division and
     Performance Nissan, Inc.
**** Substantially identical Agreements exists between  GMAC and each of  Midway
     Chevrolet,  Inc., Plains Chevrolet, Inc., Westgate Chevrolet, Inc., Quality
     Nissan, Inc. and Performance Nissan, Inc.
*****Substantially identical  Promissory  Notes  have been  executed  by  Midway
     Chevrolet,  Inc., Plains Chevrolet, Inc., Westgate Chevrolet, Inc., Quality
     Nissan, Inc., and Performance  Nissan, Inc., in  the amounts indicated  for
     each dealership subsidiary in the Cross-Default and Cross-Collateralization
     Agreement (Exhibit 10.13.3).
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
 
       (1) To  provide  to  the  underwriter at  the  closing  specified  in the
           underwriting  agreement,  certificates  in  such  denominations   and
    registered  in such  names as required  by the underwriter  to permit prompt
    delivery to each purchaser.
 
       (2) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
           1933, the information omitted  from the form  of prospectus filed  as
    part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained
    in  a form of prospectus filed by  the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1)
    or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
    registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
       (3) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act
           of 1933,  each  post-effective  amendment that  contains  a  form  of
    prospectus  shall  be deemed  to  be a  new  registration statement  for the
    securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time
    shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities  Act
of  1933 (the  "Act") may  be permitted  to directors,  officers and controlling
persons of the registrant  pursuant to the  foregoing provisions, or  otherwise,
the  registrant  has been  advised that  in  the opinion  of the  Securities and
Exchange Commission such indemnification is  against public policy as  expressed
in  the Act  and is,  therefore, unenforceable.  In the  event that  a claim for
indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than  the  payment  by  the
registrant  of expenses incurred  or paid by a  director, officer or controlling
person of  the registrant  in the  successful  defense of  any action,  suit  or
proceeding)  is  asserted by  such director,  officer  or controlling  person in
connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless  in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit  to  a  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question  whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and  will
be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this Registration  Statement to be signed  on its behalf by  the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Amarillo, State of Texas,
on June 21, 1996.
 
                                          CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
                                          By        /s/ BILL A. GILLILAND
 
                                            ------------------------------------
                                             Name: Bill A. Gilliland
                                             Title: Chairman and Chief Executive
                                             Officer
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
    Each  person whose signature appears below  constitutes and appoints Bill A.
Gilliland, Robert W. Hall ,  Emmet M. Rice, Jr. and  Ezra P. Mager, any of  whom
may   act  without  the  joinder   of  the  others,  as   his  true  and  lawful
attorneys-in-fact  and   agents,   with   full   power   of   substitution   and
resubstitution,  for  him and  in  his name,  place and  stead,  in any  and all
capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments)
and supplements to this Registration Statement,  and to file the same, with  all
exhibits  thereto, and  all other  documents in  connection therewith,  with the
Securities and  Exchange Commission,  granting unto  said attorneys-in-fact  and
agents  full power and authority to do and  perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary  to be  done in connection  therewith, as  fully to  all
intents  and purposes as  he might or  could do in  person, hereby ratifying and
confirming  all  that  said  attorneys-in-fact  and  agents,  or  their  or  his
substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
    PURSUANT   TO  THE  REQUIREMENTS  OF  THE   SECURITIES  ACT  OF  1933,  THIS
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  HAS  BEEN  SIGNED  BY  THE  FOLLOWING  PERSONS  IN  THE
CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATE INDICATED.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SIGNATURE                                       TITLE                         DATE
- ------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------  ----------------------
<C>                                                     <S>                                <C>
                      /s/ BILL A. GILLILAND             Chairman, Chief Executive Officer
     -------------------------------------------         and Director                          June 21, 1996
                  Bill A. Gilliland                      (principal executive officer)
 
                        /s/ ROBERT W. HALL
     -------------------------------------------        Senior Vice Chairman and Director      June 21, 1996
                    Robert W. Hall
 
                        /s/ EZRA P. MAGER
     -------------------------------------------        Vice Chairman and Director             June 21, 1996
                    Ezra P. Mager
 
                    /s/ EMMETT M. RICE, JR.
     -------------------------------------------        Senior Vice President, Chief           June 21, 1996
                 Emmett M. Rice, Jr.                     Operating Officer and Director
 
                                                        Vice President and Chief
                     /s/ CHARLES D. WINTON               Financial Officer (principal
     -------------------------------------------         accounting and financial              June 21, 1996
                  Charles D. Winton                      officer)
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                          DESCRIPTION                                             PAGE
- -----------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
<C>          <S>                                                                                           <C>
       *1.1  Form of Underwriting Agreement
       *2.1  Buy-Sell Agreement relating to the Dodge Acquisition
        3.1  Certificate of Incorporation of Cross-Country Auto Retailers, Inc.
        3.2  Proposed Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Cross-Country Auto
             Retailers, Inc.
        3.3  By-laws of Cross-Country Auto Retailers, Inc.
        3.4  Proposed Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Cross-Country Auto Retailers, Inc.
       *4.1  Specimen Common Stock Certificate
       *4.2  Stockholders' Rights Plan
       *4.3  Proposed Form of Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement
       *4.4  Form of 1996 Stock Option Plan of Cross-Country Auto Retailers, Inc.
       *5.1  Opinion and Consent of Howard, Darby & Levin
      *10.1  Dealer Sales and Service Agreement, dated November 1, 1995, between the Chevrolet Division
             of General Motors Corporation and Plains Chevrolet, Inc.**
      *10.2  Sales and Service Agreement between Performance Dodge, Inc. and Chrysler Corporation
      *10.3  Dealer Sales and Service Agreement, dated February 8, 1995, between the Nissan Division of
             Nissan Motor Corporation in U.S.A. and Quality Nissan, Inc.***
      *10.4  Dollar Volume Contract, dated March 31, 1994, between Plains Chevrolet, Inc., Westgate
             Chevrolet, Inc., Midway Chevrolet, Inc., and Quality Nissan, Inc. and Amarillo Globe News
      *10.5  Sublease, dated June 1, 1995, between Gilliland Group Family Partnership and Performance
             Nissan, Inc.
      *10.6  Lease, dated March 1, 1994, among John W. Adams, Eleanore A. Braly as Trustee of the
             Eleanore A. Braly Trust, Romie G. Carpenter, Melody Lynn Goff, and Selden Simpson and
             Quality Nissan, Inc.
      *10.7  Lease, dated June 1, 1996, between Gilliland Group Family Partnership and Cross-Country Auto
             Retailers, Inc.
      *10.8  Wholesale Security Agreement, as amended, dated December 4, 1995, between General Motors
             Acceptance Corporation and Performance Dodge, Inc. ****
      *10.9  Corporation and Shareholders' Agreement of Xaris Management Co.
     *10.10  Documents, dated December 4, 1995, relating to $5,550,000 loan by General Motors Acceptance
             Corporation to Performance Dodge, Inc.
    10.10.1  Promissory Note by Performance Dodge, Inc. to General Motors Acceptance Corporation, in the
             amount of $1,850,000
    10.10.2  Promissory Note by Performance Dodge, Inc. by General Motors Acceptance Corporation, in the
             amount of $3,700,000
    10.10.3  Cross-Default and Cross-Collateralization Agreement between General Motors Acceptance
             Corporation and Performance Dodge, Inc.
    10.10.4  Security Agreement between General Motors Acceptance Corporation and Performance Dodge, Inc.
    10.10.5  Mortgage, Assignment and Security Agreement between General Motors Acceptance Corporation
             and Performance Dodge, Inc.
     *10.11  Documents relating to loan by General Motors Acceptance Corporation to Midway Chevrolet,
             Inc.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                          DESCRIPTION                                             PAGE
- -----------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
<C>          <S>                                                                                           <C>
    10.11.1  Promissory Note, dated December 15, 1989, by Midway Chevrolet, Inc. to General Motors
             Acceptance Corporation, in the amount of $977,249.74
    10.11.2  Renewal, Extension and Modification Agreement, dated February 20, 1995, between General
             Motors Acceptance Corporation and Midway Chevrolet, Inc.
    10.11.3  Security Agreement, dated February 20, 1995, between General Motors Acceptance Corporation
             and Midway Chevrolet, Inc.
     *10.12  Documents, dated December 4, 1995, relating to $1,350,000 loan by General Motors Acceptance
             Corporation to Performance Nissan, L.L.C.
    10.12.1  Promissory Note by Performance Nissan, L.L.C. to General Motors Acceptance Corporation, in
             the amount of $1,350,000
    10.12.2  Cross-Default and Cross-Collateralization Agreement between General Motors Acceptance
             Corporation and Performance Nissan, L.L.C.
    10.12.3  Security Agreement between General Motors Acceptance Corporation and Performance Nissan,
             L.L.C.
     *10.13  Documents relating to used vehicle inventory financing agreements between General Motors
             Acceptance Corporation and Cross-Country Auto Retailers, Inc. dealership subsidiaries
    10.13.1  Used Vehicle Wholesale Borrowing Base Credit Line Loan Agreement, dated June 7, 1996,
             between General Motors Acceptance Corporation and Peformance Dodge, Inc.****
    10.13.2  Promissory Note, dated June 7, 1996, by Performance Dodge, Inc. to General Motors Acceptance
             Corporation, in the amount of $3,000,000*****
    10.13.3  Cross-Default and Cross-Collateralization Agreement between General Motors Acceptance
             Corporation and Performance Nissan, Inc., Performance Dodge, Inc., Midway Chevolet, Inc.,
             Plains Chevrolet, Inc., Quality Nissan, Inc. and Westgate Chevrolet, Inc.
       21.1  Subsidiaries
       23.1  Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP, independent accountants, relating to the financial
             statements of Cross-Country Auto Retailers, Inc. and subsidiaries and Jim Glover Dodge, Inc.
      *23.2  Consent of Howard, Darby & Levin (included in Exhibit 5.1)
       24.1  Power of Attorney (see page II-5)
       27.1  Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
*    To be filed by amendment.
**   Substantially identical Agreements exist between the Chevrolet Division and
     each of Midway Chevrolet, Inc. and Westgate Chevrolet, Inc.
***  Substantially  identical Agreement  exists between the  Nissan Division and
     Performance Nissan, Inc.
**** Substantially identical Agreements exists between  GMAC and each of  Midway
     Chevrolet,  Inc., Plains Chevrolet, Inc., Westgate Chevrolet, Inc., Quality
     Nissan, Inc. and Performance Nissan, Inc.
*****Substantially identical  Promissory  Notes  have been  executed  by  Midway
     Chevrolet,  Inc., Plains Chevrolet, Inc., Westgate Chevrolet, Inc., Quality
     Nissan, Inc., and Performance  Nissan, Inc., in  the amounts indicated  for
     each dealership subsidiary in the Cross-Default and Cross-Collateralization
     Agreement (Exhibit 10.13.3).
 
                                       ii

<PAGE>


                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                       CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS, INC.


          FIRST:  The name of the corporation is Cross-Country Auto Retailers,
Inc.

          SECOND: The address of the corporation's registered office in this
State is

               1209 Orange Street,
               Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801

and the name of its registered agent at such address is

               The Corporation Trust Company.

          THIRD:  The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act
or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General
Corporation Law of Delaware.

          FOURTH:  The corporation is authorized to issue one class of common
stock.  The total number of shares of common stock which the corporation shall
have authority to issue shall be 10,000.  Each share shall have a par value of
$.01.

          FIFTH:  The name and mailing address of the incorporator is Paul F.
Kenny, c/o Howard, Darby & Levin, 1330 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New
York 10019.

          SIXTH:  Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this
corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this
corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable
jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary
way of this corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the
application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this corporation under
the provisions of Section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the
application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed
for this corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of Title 8 of the
Delaware Code order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of
the stockholders or class of stockholders of this corporation, as the case may
be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs.  If a majority in
number representing three fourths in value of the creditors or class of
creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this
corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to
any reorganization of this corporation as consequence of such compromise or
arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization
shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made,
be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the
stockholders or class of stockholders, of this corporation, as the case may be,
and also on this corporation.



<PAGE>


          SEVENTH:  No director shall have any personal liability to the
corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director.  However, this provision does not eliminate or limit the
liability of a director (a) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to
the corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith
or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under
Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or (d) for any
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.  If
the General Corporation Law of Delaware is amended after the effective date of
this Certificate of Incorporation to authorize corporate action further
eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability
of a director of this corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest
extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, as so amended.  Any
repeal or modification of this Section either (i) by the stockholders of this
corporation of (ii) by an amendment to the General Corporation Law of Delaware
(unless such statutory amendment specifically provides to the contrary) shall
not adversely affect any right or protection, existing at the time of such
repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring either
before or after such repeal or modification, of a person serving as a director
at the time of such repeal or modification.

          EIGHTH:  The board of directors of this corporation may adopt, amend
or repeal by-laws of this corporation.

          NINTH:  Elections of directors need not be by written ballot, unless
so requested by a stockholder present and entitled to vote at the meeting.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand.



                                   ___________________________
                                          Incorporator


                                       -2-



<PAGE>


                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                       CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS, INC.


          Cross-Country Auto Retailers, Inc. (the "Corporation") certifies as
follows:

     I.   The name of the Corporation is Cross-Country Auto Retailers, Inc.  The
original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of
the State of Delaware on May 16, 1996.

     II.  The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and
restated to read in its entirety as follows:

     "1.  The name of the Corporation is Cross-Country Auto Retailers, Inc.

     2.   The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is
Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County
of New Castle.  The name of its registered agent at such address is The
Corporation Trust Company.

     3.   The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is
to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized
under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

     4.   (a)  The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall
have the authority to issue is 110,000,000 shares of capital stock, classified
as 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, and 10,000,000
shares of preferred stock, par value $.01 per share.

          (b)  PREFERRED STOCK.

               (i)  The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one
     or more classes or series, the shares of each class or series to have such
     designations and powers, preferences and rights, and qualifications,
     limitations and restrictions thereof, as are stated and expressed herein
     and in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such class
     or series adopted by the board of directors of the Corporation as hereafter
     prescribed.

               (ii) Authority is hereby expressly granted to and vested in the
     board of directors of the Corporation to authorize the issuance of the
     Preferred Stock from time to time in one or more classes or series and,
     with respect to each class or series of the



<PAGE>


     Preferred Stock, to fix and state, by the resolution or resolutions from
     time to time adopted providing for the issuance thereof, the following:

                    (A)  whether or not the class or series is to have voting
     rights, full, special, or limited, or is to be without voting rights, and
     whether or not such class or series is to be entitled to vote as a separate
     class either alone or together with the holders of one or more other
     classes or series of stock;

                    (B)  the number of shares to constitute the class or series
     and the designations thereof;

                    (C)  the preferences, and relative participating, optional,
     or other special rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations, or
     restrictions thereof, if any, with respect to any class or series;

                    (D)  whether or not the shares of any class or series shall
     be redeemable at the option of the Corporation or the holders thereof or
     upon the happening of any specified event, and, if redeemable, the
     redemption price or prices (which may be payable in the form of cash,
     notes, securities, or other property), and the time or times at which, and
     the terms and conditions upon which, such shares shall be redeemable and
     the manner of redemption;

                    (E)  whether or not the shares of a class or series shall be
     subject to the operation of retirement or sinking funds to be applied to
     the purchase or redemption of such shares for retirement, and, if such
     retirement or sinking fund or funds are to be established, the annual
     amount thereof, and the terms and provisions relative to the operation
     thereof;

                    (F)  the dividend rate, whether dividends are payable in
     cash, stock of the Corporation, or other property, the conditions upon
     which and the times when such dividends are payable, the preference to or
     the relation to the payment of dividends payable on any other class or
     classes or series of stock, whether or not such dividends shall be
     cumulative or noncumulative, and if cumulative, the date or dates from
     which such dividends shall accumulate;

                    (G)  the preferences, if any, and the amounts thereof which
     the holders of any class or series thereof shall be entitled to receive
     upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up
     of, or upon any distribution of the assets of, the Corporation;

                    (H)  whether or not the shares of any class or series, at
     the option of the Corporation or the holder thereof or upon the happening
     of any specified event, shall be convertible into or exchangeable for, the
     shares of any other class or classes or of any other series of the same or
     any other class or classes of stock,


                                       -2-
<PAGE>


     securities, or other property of the Corporation and the conversion price
     or prices or ratio or ratios or the rate or rates at which such exchange
     may be made, with such adjustments, if any, as shall be stated and
     expressed or provided for in such resolution or resolutions; and

                    (I)  such other special rights and protective provisions
     with respect to any class or series as may to the board of directors of the
     Corporation seem advisable.

               (iii)     The shares of each class or series of the Preferred
     Stock may vary from the shares of any other class or series thereof in any
     or all of the foregoing respects.  The board of directors of the
     Corporation may increase the number of shares of the Preferred Stock
     designated for any existing class or series by a resolution adding to such
     class or series authorized and unissued shares of the Preferred Stock not
     designated for any other class or series.  The board of  directors of the
     Corporation may decrease the number of shares of the Preferred Stock
     designated for any existing class or series by a resolution subtracting
     from such class or series authorized and unissued shares of the Preferred
     Stock designated for such existing class or series, and the shares so
     subtracted shall become authorized, unissued, and undesignated shares of
     the Preferred Stock.

     5.   (a)  The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders
of any class or series of Preferred Stock, shall be divided into three classes,
as nearly equal in number as possible.  One class of directors shall be
initially elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to
be held in 1997, another class shall be initially elected for a term expiring at
the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 1998, and another class shall
be initially elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders
to be held in 1999.  Members of each class shall hold office until their
successors are elected and qualified.  At each succeeding annual meeting of the
stockholders of the Corporation, the successors of the class of directors whose
term expires at that meeting shall be elected by a majority of all votes cast at
such meeting to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of
stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election.
Election of directors need not be by written ballot.

          (b)  Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, but
only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a
majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors (the
"Voting Shares"), voting together as a single class.

          (c)  The affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the
Voting Shares, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or
repeal this Section 5 or adopt any provision inconsistent herewith.


                                       -3-
<PAGE>


     6.   The Board of Directors is authorized to make, alter or repeal the by-
laws of the Corporation.

     7.   Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between the
Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between the
Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable
jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary
way of the Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the
application of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the
provisions of Section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application
of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for the
Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code
order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the
stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, to
be summoned in such manner as the said court directs.  If a majority in number
representing three fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors,
and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the
case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of
the Corporation as consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said
compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by
the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the
creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of
stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this
Corporation.

     8.   No director shall have any personal liability to the Corporation or
its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a
director.  However, this provision does not eliminate or limit the liability of
a director (a) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the
Corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or
which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under
Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or (d) for any
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.  If
the General Corporation Law of Delaware is amended after the effective date of
this Certificate of Incorporation to authorize corporate action further
eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability
of a director of this Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest
extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, as so amended.  Any
repeal or modification of this Section either (i) by the stockholders of this
Corporation or (ii) by an amendment to the General Corporation Law of Delaware
(unless such statutory amendment specifically provides to the contrary) shall
not adversely affect any right or protection, existing at the time of such
repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring either
before or after such repeal or modification, of a person serving as a director
at the time of such repeal or modification.

     9.   No action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the
holders of the common stock of the Corporation may be taken without such
meeting, the giving of prior notice or the taking of a vote.  The power of the
holders of the common stock of the Corporation to consent, in writing or
otherwise, to the taking of any action without such meeting, notice and vote is
specifically denied."


                                       -4-
<PAGE>


     III. In lieu of a meeting and a vote of stockholders, the stockholders of
the Corporation acting by unanimous written consent have approved such amendment
in accordance with Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

     IV.  The amendment and restatement was duly adopted in accordance with the
provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this certificate to be
signed by its _____________________ this _____ day of ___________, 1996.

                              CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS, INC.



                              By:
                                 -------------------------------
                                  Name:
                                  Title:


                                       -5-




<PAGE>


                                     BY-LAWS

                                       OF

                       CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS, INC.

                                    ARTICLE I

                                  STOCKHOLDERS

          Section 1.1.  ANNUAL MEETINGS.  An annual meeting of stockholders
shall be held for the election of directors at such date, time and place either
within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated by the Board of
Directors from time to time.  Any other proper business may be transacted at the
annual meeting.

          Section 1.2.  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of stockholders may
be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice Chairman of
the Board, if any, the President or the Board of Directors, to be held at such
date, time and place either within or without the State of Delaware as may be
stated in the notice of the meeting.  A special meeting of stockholders shall be
called by the Secretary upon the written request, stating the purpose of the
meeting, of stockholders who together own of record a majority of the
outstanding shares of each class of stock entitled to vote at such meeting.

          Section 1.3.  NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  Whenever stockholders are required
or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting
shall be given which shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and,
in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting
is called.  Unless otherwise provided by law, the written notice of any meeting
shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the
meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.  If mailed, such
notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail,
postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder's address as it
appears on the records of the Corporation.

          Section 1.4.  ADJOURNMENTS.  Any meeting of stockholders, annual or
special, may be adjourned from time to time, to reconvene at the same or some
other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the
time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is
taken.  At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business
which might have been transacted at the original meeting.  If the adjournment is
for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is
fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be
given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

          Section 1.5.  QUORUM.  At each meeting of stockholders, except where
otherwise provided by law or the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws,
the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote on
a matter at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall
constitute a quorum.  For purposes of the foregoing, where a



<PAGE>


separate vote by class or classes is required for any matter, the holders of a
majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes, present in person
or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum to take action with respect
to that vote on that matter.  Two or more classes or series of stock shall be
considered a single class if the holders thereof are entitled to vote together
as a single class at the meeting.  In the absence of a quorum of the holders of
any class of stock entitled to vote on a matter, the holders of such class so
present or represented may, by majority vote, adjourn the meeting of such class
from time to time in the manner provided by Section 1.4 of these by-laws until a
quorum of such class shall be so present or represented.  Shares of its own
capital stock belonging on the record date for the meeting to the Corporation or
to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the
election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly,
by the Corporation, shall neither by entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum
purposes; PROVIDED, that the foregoing shall not limit the right of the
Corporation to vote stock, including but not limited to its own stock, held by
it in a fiduciary capacity.

          Section 1.6.  ORGANIZATION.  Meetings of stockholders shall be
presided over by the Chairman of the Board if any, or in the absence of the
Chairman of the Board by the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the
absence of the Vice Chairman of the Board by the President, or in the absence of
the President by a Vice President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by
a chairman designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of such
designation by a chairman chosen at the meeting.  The Secretary, or in the
absence of the Secretary an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of the
meeting, but in the absence of the Secretary and any Assistant Secretary the
chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the
meeting.

          Section 1.7.  VOTING; PROXIES.  Unless otherwise provided in the
certificate of incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting
of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by
such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question.  If the
certificate of incorporation provides for more or less than one vote for any
share on any matter, every reference in these by-laws to a majority or other
proportion of stock shall refer to such majority or other proportion of the
votes of such stock.

          Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to
express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may
authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no
such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless
the proxy provides for a longer period.  A duly executed proxy shall be
irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it
is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power,
regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in
the stock itself or an interest in the Corporation generally.  A stockholder may
revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in
person or by filing an instrument in writing revoking the proxy or another duly
executed proxy bearing a later date with the Secretary of the Corporation.


                                       -2-
<PAGE>


          Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot and
need not be conducted by inspectors unless the holders of a majority of the
outstanding shares of all classes of stock entitled to vote thereon present in
person or represented by proxy at such meeting shall so determine.  Directors
shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or
represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of
directors.  In all other matters, unless otherwise provided by law or by the
certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, the affirmative vote of the
holders of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at
the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the
stockholders.  Where a separate vote by class or classes is required, the
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of such class or
classes present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the
act of such class, except as otherwise provided by law or by the certificate of
incorporation or these by-laws.

          Section 1.8.  FIXING DATE FOR DETERMINATION OF STOCKHOLDERS OF RECORD.
In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice
of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the
Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede
the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the
Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty nor less
than ten days before the date of such meeting.  If no record date is fixed by
the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to
notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of
business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if
notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on
which the meeting is held.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled
to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any
adjournment of the meeting; PROVIDED, that the Board of Directors may fix a new
record date for the adjourned meeting.

          In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled
to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of
Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date
upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of
Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon
which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of
Directors.  If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the
record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action
in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is
required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent
setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the
Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its
principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having
custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are
recorded.  Delivery made to the Corporation's registered office shall be by hand
or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.  If no record date
has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of
Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders
entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at
the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the
resolution taking such prior action.


                                       -3-
<PAGE>


          In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled
to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any
rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any
change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful
action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall
not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is
adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such
action.  If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining
stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day
on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

          Section 1.9.  LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE.  The Secretary
shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders,
a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in
alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number
of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  Such list shall be open
to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting,
during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the
meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held,
which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so
specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.  The list shall also be
produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time
thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

          Section 1.10.  CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDERS IN LIEU OF MEETING.  Unless
otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or by law, any action
required by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of
the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special
meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior
notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth
the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having
not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize
or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon
were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to
(a) its registered office in the State of Delaware by hand or by certified mail
or registered mail, return receipt requested, (b) its principal place of
business, or (c) an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the
book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.

          Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each
stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to
take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty days of the
earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this by-law to the
Corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take
action are delivered to the Corporation by delivery to (a) its registered office
in the State of Delaware by hand or by certified or registered mail, return
receipt requested, (b) its principal place of business, or (c) an officer or
agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of
meetings of stockholders are recorded.


                                       -4-
<PAGE>


          Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting
by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who
have not consented in writing.

                                   ARTICLE II

                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

          Section 2.1.  POWERS; NUMBER; QUALIFICATIONS.  The business and
affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the
Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by law or in the
certificate of incorporation.  The Board of Directors shall consist of one or
more members, the number thereof to be determined from time to time by the
Board.  Directors need not be stockholders.

          Section 2.2.  ELECTION; TERM OF OFFICE; RESIGNATION; REMOVAL;
VACANCIES.  Each director shall hold office until his or her successor is
elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.  Any
director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Board of Directors or
to the President or the Secretary of the Corporation.  Such resignation shall
take effect at the time specified therein, and unless otherwise specified
therein no acceptance of such resignation shall be necessary to make it
effective.  Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with
or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to
vote at an election of directors.  Whenever the holders of any class or series
of stock are entitled to elect one or more directors by the certificate of
incorporation, the provisions of the preceding sentence shall apply, in respect
to the removal without cause of a director or directors so elected, to the vote
of the holders of the outstanding shares of that class or series and not to the
vote of the outstanding shares as a whole.  Unless otherwise provided in the
certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, vacancies and newly created
directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors
elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class or
from any other cause may be filled by a majority of the directors then in
office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director.
Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are
entitled to elect one or more directors by the certificate of incorporation,
vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may
be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or
series thereof then in office, or by the sole remaining director so elected.

          Section 2.3.  REGULAR MEETINGS.  Regular meetings of the Board of
Directors may be held at such places within or without the State of Delaware and
at such times as the Board may from time to time determine, and if so determined
notice thereof need not be given.

          Section 2.4.  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the Board of
Directors may be held at any time or place within or without the State of
Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, if any, by the Vice
Chairman of the Board, if any, by the President or


                                       -5-
<PAGE>


by any two directors.  Reasonable notice thereof shall be given by the person or
persons calling the meeting.

          Section 2.5.  PARTICIPATION IN MEETINGS BY CONFERENCE TELEPHONE
PERMITTED.  Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or
these by-laws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by
the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board or of such committee, as
the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications
equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear
each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this by-law shall
constitute presence in person at such meeting.

          Section 2.6.  QUORUM; VOTE REQUIRED FOR ACTION.  At all meetings of
the Board of Directors one-third of the entire Board shall constitute a quorum
for the transaction of business.  The vote of a majority of the directors
present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board
unless the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws shall require a vote of
a greater number.  In case at any meeting of the Board a quorum shall not be
present, the members of the Board present may adjourn the meeting from time to
time until a quorum shall be present.

          Section 2.7.  ORGANIZATION.  Meetings of the Board of Directors shall
be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the
Chairman of the Board by the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the
absence of the Vice Chairman of the Board by the President, or in their absence
by a chairman chosen at the meeting.  The Secretary, or in the absence of the
Secretary an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in
the absence of the Secretary and any Assistant Secretary the chairman of the
meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

          Section 2.8.  ACTION BY DIRECTORS WITHOUT A MEETING.  Unless otherwise
restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, any action
required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or
of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the
Board or of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and
the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board
or committee.

          Section 2.9.  COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS.  Unless otherwise restricted
by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, the Board of Directors
shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                   COMMITTEES

          Section 3.1.  COMMITTEES.  The Board of Directors may, by resolution
passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each
committee to consist of


                                       -6-
<PAGE>


one or more of the directors of the Corporation.  The Board may designate one or
more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent
or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  In the absence or
disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof
present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such
member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of
the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified
member.  Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the
Board of Directors or in these by-laws, shall have and may exercise all the
powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business
and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to
be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have
the power or authority in reference to amending the certificate of incorporation
(except that a committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or
resolutions providing for the issuance of shares of stock adopted by the Board
of Directors, fix the designations and any of the preferences or rights of such
shares relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of
assets of the Corporation or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares
for, shares of any other class or classes or any other series of the same or any
other class or classes of stock of the Corporation or fix the number of shares
of any series of stock or authorize the increase or decrease of the shares of
any series), adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to
the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the
Corporation's property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a
dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, removing or
indemnifying directors or amending these by-laws; and, unless the resolution,
these by-laws or the certificate of incorporation expressly so provides, no such
committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize
the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger.

          Section 3.2.  COMMITTEE RULES.  Unless the Board of Directors
otherwise provides, each committee designated by the Board may adopt, amend and
repeal rules for the conduct of its business.  In the absence of a provision by
the Board or a provision in the rules of such committee to the contrary, a
majority of the entire authorized number of members of such committee shall
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, the vote of a majority of
the members present at a meeting at the time of such vote if a quorum is then
present shall be the act of such committee, and in other respects each committee
shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board conducts its business
pursuant to Article II of these by-laws.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    OFFICERS

          Section 4.1.  OFFICERS; ELECTION.  As soon as practicable after the
annual meeting of stockholders in each year, the Board of Directors shall elect
a President and a Secretary, and it may, if it so determines, elect from among
its members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice Chairman of the Board.  The Board
may also elect one or more Vice Presidents, one or more


                                       -7-
<PAGE>


Assistant Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, a Treasurer and
one or more Assistant Treasurers and such other officers as the Board may deem
desirable or appropriate and may give any of them such further designations or
alternate titles as it considers desirable.  Any number of offices may be held
by the same person unless the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws
otherwise provide.

          Section 4.2.  TERM OF OFFICE; RESIGNATION; REMOVAL; VACANCIES.  Unless
otherwise provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors electing any
officer, each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected
and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.  Any officer
may resign at any time upon written notice to the Board or to the President or
the Secretary of the Corporation.  Such resignation shall take effect at the
time specified therein, and unless otherwise specified therein no acceptance of
such resignation shall be necessary to make it effective.  The Board may remove
any officer with or without cause at any time.  Any such removal shall be
without prejudice to the contractual rights of such officer, if any, with the
Corporation, but the election of an officer shall not of itself create
contractual rights.  Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by
death, resignation, removal or otherwise may be filled by the Board at any
regular or special meeting.

          Section 4.3.  POWERS AND DUTIES.  The officers of the Corporation
shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Corporation as shall
be stated in these by-laws or in a resolution of the Board of Directors which is
not inconsistent with these by-laws and, to the extent not so stated, as
generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the
Board.

          Section 4.4.  CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.  The Chairman of the Board, if
any, shall preside at all meeting of the Board of Directors and of the
stockholders at which he or she shall be present and shall have and may exercise
such powers as may, from time to time, be assigned to him or her by the Board or
as may be provided by law.

          Section 4.5.  VICE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.  In the absence of the
Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at
all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he or
she shall be present and shall have and may exercise such powers as may, from
time to time, be assigned to him or her by the Board or as may be provided by
law.

          Section 4.6.  PRESIDENT.  In the absence of the Chairman of the Board
and Vice Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of
the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he or she shall be
present.  The President shall be the chief executive officer and shall have
general charge and supervision of the business of the Corporation and, in
general, shall perform all duties incident to the office of president of a
corporation and such other duties as may, from time to time, be assigned to him
or her by the Board or as may be provided by law.


                                       -8-
<PAGE>


          Section 4.7.  VICE PRESIDENTS.  The Vice President or Vice Presidents,
at the request or in the absence of the President or during the President's
inability to act, shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting
shall have the powers of the President.  If there be more than one Vice
President, the Board of Directors may determine which one or more of the Vice
Presidents shall perform any of such duties; or if such determination is not
made by the Board, the President may make such determination; otherwise any of
the Vice Presidents may perform any of such duties.  The Vice President or Vice
Presidents shall have such other powers and shall perform such other duties as
may, from time to time, be assigned to him or her or them by the Board or the
President or as may be provided by law.

          Section 4.8.  SECRETARY.  The Secretary shall have the duty to record
the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and
any committees in a book to be kept for that purpose, shall see that all notices
are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these by-laws or as required
by law, shall be custodian of the records of the Corporation, may affix the
corporate seal to any document the execution of which, on behalf of the
Corporation, is duly authorized, and when so affixed may attest the same, and,
in general, shall perform all duties incident to the office of secretary of a
corporation and such other duties as may, from time to time, be assigned to him
or her by the Board or the President or as may be provided by law.

          Section 4.9.  TREASURER.  The Treasurer shall have charge of and be
responsible for all funds, securities, receipts and disbursements of the
Corporation and shall deposit or cause to be deposited, in the name of the
Corporation, all moneys or other valuable effects in such banks, trust companies
or other depositories as shall, from time to time, be selected by or under
authority of the Board of Directors.  If required by the Board, the Treasurer
shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties, with such
surety or sureties as the Board may determine.  The Treasurer shall keep or
cause to be kept full and accurate records of all receipts and disbursements in
books of the Corporation, shall render to the President and to the Board,
whenever requested, an account of the financial condition of the Corporation,
and, in general, shall perform all the duties incident to the office of
treasurer of a corporation and such other duties as may, from time to time, be
assigned to him or her by the Board or the President or as may be provided by
law.

          Section 4.10.  OTHER OFFICERS.  The other officers, if any, of the
Corporation shall have such powers and duties in the management of the
Corporation as shall be stated in a resolution of the Board of Directors which
is not inconsistent with these by-laws and, to the extent not so stated, as
generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the
Board.  The Board may require any officer, agent or employee to give security
for the faithful performance of his or her duties.

          Section 4.11.  FIDELITY BONDS.  If required by the Board of Directors,
any officer shall give the Corporation a bond in a sum and with one or more
sureties satisfactory to the Board, for the faithful performance of the duties
of his or her office, and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his
or her death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of


                                       -9-
<PAGE>


all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his or
her possession or under his or her control belonging to the Corporation.


                                    ARTICLE V

                                      STOCK

          Section 5.1.  CERTIFICATES.  Every holder of stock in the Corporation
shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the
Corporation by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, if any,
or the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant
Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Corporation,
representing the number of shares of stock in the Corporation owned by such
holder.  If such certificate is manually signed by one officer or manually
countersigned by a transfer agent or by a registrar, any other signature on the
certificate may be facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar
who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate
shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such
certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect
as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of
issue.

          Each certificate representing shares shall state upon the face thereof
that the Corporation is formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, the name
of the person or persons to whom such shares have been issued and the number and
class of such shares, and the designation of the class or series, if any, which
such certificate represents.

          If the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock
or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and
relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock
or series thereof and the qualifications or restrictions of such preferences
and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of
the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or
series of stock; PROVIDED, that, except as otherwise provided by law, in lieu of
the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the
certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series
of stock a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each
stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative,
participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series
thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences
and/or rights.

          Section 5.2.  LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATES; ISSUANCE
OF NEW CERTIFICATES.  The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in
the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been
lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the
lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner's legal representative, to
give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that
may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of
any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.


                                      -10-
<PAGE>


          Section 5.3.  TRANSFERS OF STOCK.  Transfers of stock shall be made on
the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by
his attorney, lawfully constituted in writing, and upon surrender of the
certificate therefor, together with such evidence of the payment of transfer
taxes and compliance with other provisions of law as the Corporation or its
transfer agent may require.

          Section 5.4.  REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS.  The Corporation may treat the
holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder thereof, and
shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in
such share on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express
or other notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the laws of Delaware.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

          Section 6.1.  FISCAL YEAR.  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall
be determined by the Board of Directors.

          Section 6.2.  SEAL.  The Corporation may have a corporate seal which
shall have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall be in such
form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors.  The
corporate seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed
or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

          Section 6.3.  WAIVER OF NOTICE OF MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS, DIRECTORS
AND COMMITTEES.  Whenever notice is required to be given by law or under any
provision of the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, a written waiver
thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the
time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.  Attendance of a
person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except
when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the
beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting
is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at,
nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders,
directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any
written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation
or these by-laws.

          Section 6.4.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES.
The Corporation shall indemnify to the full extent permitted by law any person
made or threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding, whether
civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that
such person or such person's testator or intestate is or was a director, officer
or employee of the Corporation or serves or served at the request of the
Corporation any other enterprise as a director, officer or employee.  Expenses
incurred by any such person in defending any such action, suit or proceeding
shall be paid or reimbursed by the



                                      -11-
<PAGE>


Corporation promptly upon receipt by it of an undertaking of such person to
repay such expenses if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not
entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation.  The rights provided to any
person by this by-law shall be enforceable against the Corporation by such
person who shall be presumed to have relied upon it in serving or continuing to
serve as a director, officer or employee as provided above.  No amendment of
this by-law shall impair the rights of any person arising at any time with
respect to events occurring prior to such amendment.  For purposes of this by-
law, the term "Corporation" shall include any predecessor of the Corporation and
any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent)
absorbed by the Corporation in a  consolidation or merger; the term "other
enterprise" shall include any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or
employee benefit plan; service "at the request of the Corporation" shall include
service as a director, officer or employee of the Corporation which imposes
duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer or employee with
respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; any
excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan shall
be deemed to be indemnifiable expenses; and action by a person with respect to
an employee benefit plan which such person reasonably believes to be in the
interest of the participants and beneficiaries of such plan shall be deemed to
be action not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation.

          Section 6.5.  INTERESTED DIRECTORS; QUORUM.  No contract or
transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or
officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership,
association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or
officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void
or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is
present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee
thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or
her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if:  (1) the material facts as
to his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are
disclosed or are known to the Board or the committee, and the Board or committee
in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of
a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested
directors be less than a quorum; or (2) the material facts as to his or her
relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or
are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or
transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders;
or (3) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time
it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board, a committee thereof or the
stockholders.  Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the
presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee
which authorizes the contract or transaction.

          Section 6.6.  FORM OF RECORDS.  Any records maintained by the
Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger,
books of account and minute books, may be kept on, or be in the form of, punch
cards, magnetic tape, photographs, microphotographs or any other information
storage device, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly
legible form within a reasonable time.  The Corporation shall so convert any
records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect the same.


                                      -12-
<PAGE>


          Section 6.7.  AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS.  These by-laws may be amended or
repealed, and new by-laws adopted, by the Board of Directors, but the
stockholders entitled to vote may adopt additional by-laws and may amend or
repeal any by-law whether or not adopted by them.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                     OFFICES

          Section 7.1.  REGISTERED OFFICE.  The registered office of the
Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be at 1209 Orange Street, City of
Wilmington, County of New Castle, and the registered agent in charge thereof
shall be The Corporation Trust Company.

          Section 7.2.  OTHER OFFICES.  The Corporation may also have an office
or offices at other places within or without the State of Delaware.


                                      -13-


<PAGE>

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                                     BY-LAWS

                                       OF

                       CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS, INC.

                                    ARTICLE I

                                  STOCKHOLDERS

          Section 1.1. ANNUAL MEETINGS.  An annual meeting of stockholders shall
be held for the election of directors at such date, time and place either within
or without the State of Delaware as may be designated by the Board of Directors
from time to time.  Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual
meeting.

          Section 1.2. SPECIAL MEETINGS.   Special meetings of stockholders may
be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, if any, a Vice Chairman of
the Board, if any, the President or the Board of Directors, to be held at such
date, time and place either within or without the State of Delaware as may be
stated in the notice of the meeting.

          Section 1.3. NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  Whenever stockholders are required
or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting
shall be given which shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and,
in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting
is called.  Unless otherwise provided by law, the written notice of any meeting
shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the
meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.  If mailed, such
notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail,
postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder's address as it
appears on the records of the Corporation.

          Section 1.4. ADJOURNMENTS.  Any meeting of stockholders, annual or
special, may be adjourned from time to time, to reconvene at the same or some
other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the
time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is
taken.  At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business
which might have been transacted at the original meeting.  If the adjournment is
for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is
fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be
given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

          Section 1.5. QUORUM.  At each meeting of stockholders, except where
otherwise provided by law or the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws,
the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote on
a matter at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall
constitute a quorum.  For purposes of the foregoing, where a separate vote by
class or classes is required for any matter, the holders of a majority of the
outstanding shares of such class or classes, present in person or represented by
proxy, shall constitute a quorum to take action with respect to that vote on
that matter.  Two or more



<PAGE>


classes or series of stock shall be considered a single class if the holders
thereof are entitled to vote together as a single class at the meeting.  In the
absence of a quorum of the holders of any class of stock entitled to vote on a
matter, the holders of such class so present or represented may, by majority
vote, adjourn the meeting of such class from time to time in the manner provided
by Section 1.4 of these by-laws until a quorum of such class shall be so present
or represented.  Shares of its own capital stock belonging on the record date
for the meeting to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of
the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other
corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither
be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; PROVIDED, that the
foregoing shall not limit the right of the Corporation to vote stock, including
but not limited to its own stock, held by it in a fiduciary capacity.

          Section 1.6. ORGANIZATION.  Meetings of stockholders shall be presided
over by the Chairman of the Board if any, or in the absence of the Chairman of
the Board by a Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the absence of a Vice
Chairman of the Board by the President, or in the absence of the President by a
Vice President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairman
designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of such designation by a
chairman chosen at the meeting.  The Secretary, or in the absence of the
Secretary an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in
the absence of the Secretary and any Assistant Secretary the chairman of the
meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

          Section 1.7. VOTING; PROXIES.  Unless otherwise provided in the
certificate of incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting
of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by
such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question.  If the
certificate of incorporation provides for more or less than one vote for any
share on any matter, every reference in these by-laws to a majority or other
proportion of stock shall refer to such majority or other proportion of the
votes of such stock.

          Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to
express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may
authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no
such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless
the proxy provides for a longer period.  A duly executed proxy shall be
irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it
is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power,
regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in
the stock itself or an interest in the Corporation generally.  A stockholder may
revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in
person or by filing with the Secretary of the Corporation an instrument in
writing revoking the proxy or another duly executed proxy bearing a later date.

          Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot and
need not be conducted by inspectors unless the holders of a majority of the
outstanding shares of all classes of stock entitled to vote thereon present in
person or represented by proxy at such


                                       -2-
<PAGE>


meeting shall so determine.  Except as provided in Section 2.2 of these by-laws,
directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in
person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the
election of directors.  In all other matters, unless otherwise provided by law
or by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, the affirmative vote of
the holders of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by
proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act
of the stockholders.  Where a separate vote by class or classes is required, the
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of such class or
classes present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the
act of such class, except as otherwise provided by law or by the certificate of
incorporation or these by-laws.

          Section 1.8. FIXING DATE FOR DETERMINATION OF STOCKHOLDERS OF RECORD.
In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice
of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the
Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede
the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the
Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty nor less
than ten days before the date of such meeting.  If no record date is fixed by
the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to
notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of
business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if
notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on
which the meeting is held.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled
to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any
adjournment of the meeting; PROVIDED, that the Board of Directors may fix a new
record date for the adjourned meeting.

          In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled
to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any
rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any
change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful
action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall
not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is
adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such
action.  If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining
stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day
on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

          Section 1.9. LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE.  The Secretary
shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders,
a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in
alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number
of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  Such list shall be open
to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting,
during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the
meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held,
which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so
specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.  The list shall also be
produced and kept at the time and place of the


                                       -3-
<PAGE>


meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder
who is present.


                                   ARTICLE II

                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

          Section 2.1. POWERS; NUMBER; QUALIFICATIONS.  The business and affairs
of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of
Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by law or in the certificate of
incorporation.  The Board of Directors shall consist of three or more members,
the number thereof to be determined from time to time by the Board.  Directors
need not be stockholders.

          Section 2.2. ELECTION: TERM OF OFFICE; VACANCIES.  Each director shall
hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or
her earlier resignation or removal.  Unless otherwise provided in the
certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, vacancies and newly created
directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors
or from any other cause may be filled by a majority of the directors then in
office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director.
Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are
entitled to elect one or more directors by the certificate of incorporation,
vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may
be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or
series thereof then in office, or by the sole remaining director so elected.

          Section 2.3. RESIGNATION; REMOVAL.  Any director may resign at any
time upon written notice to the Board of Directors or to the President or the
Secretary of the Corporation.  Such resignation shall take effect at the time
specified therein, and unless otherwise specified therein no acceptance of such
resignation shall be necessary to make it effective.  Any director or the entire
Board of Directors may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause,
by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election
of directors.  Whenever the holders of any class or series of stock are entitled
to elect one or more directors by the certificate of incorporation, such
director or directors may be removed with or without cause by the holders of a
majority of the outstanding shares of that class or series, without respect to
any vote of the outstanding shares as a whole.

          Section 2.4. REGULAR MEETINGS.  Regular meetings of the Board of
Directors may be held at such places within or without the State of Delaware and
at such times as the Board may from time to time determine, and if so determined
notice thereof need not be given.

          Section 2.5. SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the Board of
Directors may be held at any time or place within or without the State of
Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, if any, by a Vice
Chairman of the Board, if any, by the President or


                                       -4-
<PAGE>


by any two directors.  Reasonable notice thereof shall be given by the person or
persons calling the meeting.

          Section 2.6. PARTICIPATION IN MEETINGS BY CONFERENCE TELEPHONE
PERMITTED.  Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or
these by-laws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by
the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board or of such committee, as
the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications
equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear
each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this by-law shall
constitute presence in person at such meeting.

          Section 2.7. QUORUM; VOTE REQUIRED FOR ACTION.  At all meetings of the
Board of Directors a majority of the entire Board shall constitute a quorum for
the transaction of business.  The vote of a majority of the directors present at
a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board unless the
certificate of incorporation or these by-laws shall require a vote of a greater
number.  In case at any meeting of the Board a quorum shall not be present, the
members of the Board present may adjourn the meeting until a quorum shall be
present.

          Section 2.8. ORGANIZATION.  Meetings of the Board of Directors shall
be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the
Chairman of the Board by a Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the absence
of a Vice Chairman of the Board by the President, or in their absence by a
chairman chosen at the meeting.  The Secretary, or in the absence of the
Secretary an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in
the absence of the Secretary and any Assistant Secretary the chairman of the
meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

          Section 2.9. ACTION BY DIRECTORS WITHOUT A MEETING. Unless otherwise
restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, any action
required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or
of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the
Board or of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and
the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board
or committee.

          Section 2.10. COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS.  Unless otherwise restricted
by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, the Board of Directors
shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.


                                       -5-
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE III

                                   COMMITTEES

          Section 3.1. COMMITTEES.  The Board of Directors may, by resolution
passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each
committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation, except
that the Board of Directors may not form an executive committee without the
unanimous consent of the Board of Directors, which consent shall specify the
members of the proposed executive committee and limitations, if any, over the
authority of the executive committee.  The Board may designate one or more
directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or
disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  In the absence or
disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof
present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such
member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of
the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified
member.  Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the
Board of Directors or in these by-laws, shall have and may exercise all the
powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business
and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to
be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have
the power or authority to (1) amend the certificate of incorporation (except
that a committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions
providing for the issuance of shares of stock adopted by the Board of Directors,
fix the designations and any of the preferences or rights of such shares
relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of
the Corporation or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares for,
shares of any other class or classes or any other series of the same or any
other class or classes of stock of the Corporation or fix the number of shares
of any series of stock or authorize the increase or decrease of the shares of
any series), (2) adopt an agreement of merger or consolidation, (3) recommend to
the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the
Corporation's property and assets, (4) recommend to the stockholders a
dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, removing or
indemnifying directors or amending these by-laws or (5) unless the resolution,
these by-laws or the certificate of incorporation expressly so provides, declare
a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of
ownership and merger.

          Section 3.2. COMMITTEE RULES.  Unless the Board of Directors otherwise
provides, each committee designated by the Board may adopt, amend and repeal
rules for the conduct of its business.  In the absence of a provision by the
Board or a provision in the rules of such committee to the contrary, a majority
of the entire authorized number of members of such committee shall constitute a
quorum for the transaction of business, the vote of a majority of the members
present at a meeting at the time of such vote if a quorum is then present shall
be the act of such committee, and in other respects each committee shall conduct
its business in the same manner as the Board conducts its business pursuant to
Article II of these bylaws.


                                       -6-
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    OFFICERS

          Section 4.1. OFFICERS; ELECTION.  As soon as practicable after the
annual meeting of stockholders in each year, the Board of Directors shall elect
a President and a Secretary, and it may, if it so determines, elect from among
its members a Chairman of the Board and one or more Vice Chairmen of the Board.
The Board may also elect one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Vice
Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, a Treasurer and one or more
Assistant Treasurers and such other officers as the Board may deem desirable or
appropriate and may give any of them such further designations or alternate
titles as it considers desirable.  Any number of offices may be held by the same
person unless the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws otherwise
provide.

          Section 4.2. TERM OF OFFICE; RESIGNATION; REMOVAL; VACANCIES.  Unless
otherwise provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors electing any
officer, each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected
and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.  Any officer
may resign at any time upon written notice to the Board or to the President or
the Secretary of the Corporation.  Such resignation shall take effect at the
time specified therein, and unless otherwise specified therein no acceptance of
such resignation shall be necessary to make it effective.  The Board may remove
any officer with or without cause at any time.  Any such removal shall be
without prejudice to the contractual rights of such officer, if any, with the
Corporation, but the election of an officer shall not of itself create
contractual rights.  Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by
death, resignation, removal or otherwise may be filled by the Board at any
regular or special meeting.

          Section 4.3. POWERS AND DUTIES.  The officers of the Corporation shall
have such powers and duties in the management of the Corporation as shall be
stated in these by-laws or in a resolution of the Board of Directors which is
not inconsistent with these by-laws and, to the extent not so stated, as
generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the
Board.

          Section 4.4. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.  The Chairman of the Board, if
any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the
stockholders at which he or she shall be present and shall have and may exercise
such powers as may, from time to time, be assigned to him or her by the Board or
as may be provided by law.

          Section 4.5. VICE CHAIRMEN OF THE BOARD.  In the absence of the
Chairman of the Board, a Vice Chairman of the Board shall preside at all
meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he or she
shall be present.  If there be more than one Vice Chairman, the Board of
Directors may determine which one of the Vice Chairmen


                                       -7-
<PAGE>


shall so preside, or, if such determination is not made by the Board, any of the
Vice Chairmen may preside.  The Vice Chairman or Vice Chairmen shall exercise
such powers as may, from time to time, be assigned to him or her by the Board or
as may be provided by law.

          Section 4.6. PRESIDENT.  In the absence of the Chairman of the Board
and a Vice Chairman of the Board, the President shall preside at all meetings of
the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he or she shall be
present.  The President shall be the chief executive officer and shall have
general charge and supervision of the business of the Corporation and, in
general, shall perform all duties incident to the office of president of a
corporation and such other duties as may, from time to time, be assigned to him
or her by the Board or as may be provided by law.

          Section 4.7. VICE PRESIDENTS.  The Vice President or Vice Presidents,
at the request or in the absence of the President or during the President's
inability to act, shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting
shall have the powers of the President.  If there be more than one Vice
President, the Board of Directors may determine which one or more of the Vice
Presidents shall perform any of such duties; or if such determination is not
made by the Board, the President may make such determination; otherwise any of
the Vice Presidents may perform any of such duties.  The Vice President or Vice
Presidents shall have such other powers and shall perform such other duties as
may, from time to time, be assigned to him or her or them by the Board or the
President or as may be provided by law.

          Section 4.8. SECRETARY.  The Secretary shall have the duty to record
the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and
any committees in a book to be kept for that purpose, shall see that all notices
are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these by-laws or as required
by law, shall be custodian of the records of the Corporation, may affix the
corporate seal to any document the execution of which, on behalf of the
Corporation, is duly authorized, and when so affixed may attest the same, and,
in general, shall perform all duties incident to the office of secretary of a
corporation and such other duties as may, from time to time, be assigned to him
or her by the Board or the President or as may be provided by law.

          Section 4.9. TREASURER.  The Treasurer shall have charge of and be
responsible for all funds, securities, receipts and disbursements of the
Corporation and shall deposit or cause to be deposited, in the name of the
Corporation, all moneys or other valuable effects in such banks, trust companies
or other depositories as shall, from time to time, be selected by or under
authority of the Board of Directors.  If required by the Board, the Treasurer
shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties, with such
surety or sureties as the Board may determine.  The Treasurer shall keep or
cause to be kept full and accurate records of all receipts and disbursements in
books of the Corporation, shall render to the President and to the Board,
whenever requested, an account of the financial condition of the Corporation,
and, in general, shall perform all the duties incident to the office of
treasurer of


                                       -8-
<PAGE>


a corporation and such other duties as may, from time to time, be assigned to
him or her by the Board or the President or as may be provided by law.

          Section 4.10. OTHER OFFICERS.  The other officers, if any, of the
Corporation shall have such powers and duties in the management of the
Corporation as shall be stated in a resolution of the Board of Directors which
is not inconsistent with these by-laws and, to the extent not so stated, as
generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the
Board.  The Board may require any officer, agent or employee to give security
for the faithful performance of his or her duties.

          Section 4.11.  FIDELITY BONDS.  If required by the Board of Directors,
any officer shall give the Corporation a bond in a sum and with one or more
sureties satisfactory to the Board, for the faithful performance of the duties
of his or her office, and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his
or her death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books,
papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his or her
possession or under his or her control belonging to the Corporation.


                                    ARTICLE V

                                      STOCK

          Section 5.1. CERTIFICATES.  Every holder of stock in the Corporation
shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the
Corporation by the Chairman or a Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, if
any, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant
Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Corporation,
representing the number of shares of stock in the Corporation owned by such
holder.  If such certificate is manually signed by one officer or manually
countersigned by a transfer agent or by a registrar, any other signature on the
certificate may be facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar
who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate
shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such
certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect
as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of
issue.

          Each certificate representing shares shall state upon the face thereof
that the Corporation is formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, the name
of the person or persons to whom such shares have been issued and the number and
class of such shares, and the designation of the class or series, if any, which
such certificate represents.

          If the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock
or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and
relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock
or series thereof and the qualifications or restrictions of such preferences
and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of
the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or


                                       -9-
<PAGE>


series of stock; PROVIDED, that, except as otherwise provided by law, in lieu of
the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the
certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series
of stock a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each
stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative,
participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series
thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences
and/or rights.

          Section 5.2. LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED STOCK CERTIFICATES; ISSUANCE OF
NEW CERTIFICATES.  The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the
place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost,
stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost,
stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner's legal representative, to give
the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be
made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such
certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

          Section 5.3. TRANSFERS OF STOCK.  Transfers of stock shall be made on
the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by
his attorney, lawfully constituted in writing, and upon surrender of the
certificate therefor, together with such evidence of the payment of transfer
taxes and compliance with other provisions of law as the Corporation or its
transfer agent may require.

          Section 5.4. REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS.  The Corporation may treat the
holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder thereof, and
shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in
such share on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express
or other notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the laws of Delaware.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

          Section 6.1. FISCAL YEAR.  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be
determined by the Board of Directors.

          Section 6.2. SEAL. The Corporation may have a corporate seal which
shall have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall be in such
form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors.  The
corporate seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed
or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

          Section 6.3. WAIVER OF NOTICE OF MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS, DIRECTORS
AND COMMITTEES.  Whenever notice is required to be given by law or under any
provision of the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws, a written waiver
thereof, signed by the person


                                      -10-
<PAGE>


entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be
deemed equivalent to notice.  Attendance of a person at a meeting shall
constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a
meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting,
to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or
convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any
regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors or members of a
committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless
so required by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws.

          Section 6.4. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES.
The Corporation shall indemnify to the full extent permitted by law any person
made or threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding, whether
civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that
such person or such person's testator or intestate is or was a director, officer
or employee of the Corporation or serves or served at the request of the
Corporation any other enterprise as a director, officer or employee.  Expenses
incurred by any such person in defending any such action, suit or proceeding
shall be paid or reimbursed by the Corporation promptly upon receipt by it of an
undertaking of such person to repay such expenses if it shall ultimately be
determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the
Corporation.  The rights provided to any person by this by-law shall be
enforceable against the Corporation by such person who shall be presumed to have
relied upon it in serving or continuing to serve as a director, officer or
employee as provided above.  No amendment of this by-law shall impair the rights
of any person arising at any time with respect to events occurring prior to such
amendment.  For purposes of this by-law, the term "Corporation" shall include
any predecessor of the Corporation and any constituent corporation (including
any constituent of a constituent) absorbed by the Corporation in a consolidation
or merger; the term "other enterprise" shall include any corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or employee benefit plan; service "at the
request of the Corporation" shall include service as a director, officer or
employee of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by,
such director, officer or employee with respect to an employee benefit plan, its
participants or beneficiaries; any excise taxes assessed on a person with
respect to an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to be indemnifiable
expenses; and action by a person with respect to an employee benefit plan which
such person reasonably believes to be in the interest of the participants and
beneficiaries of such plan shall be deemed to be action not opposed to the best
interests of the Corporation.

          Section 6.5. INTERESTED DIRECTORS; QUORUM.  No contract or transaction
between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between
the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other
organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or
officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for
this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or
participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which
authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or her or their
votes are counted for such purpose, if: (1) the material facts as to his or her
relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or
are known to the Board or the committee, and the Board or


                                      -11-
<PAGE>


committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the
affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the
disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (2) the material facts as to
his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are
disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the
contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the
stockholders; or (3) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation
as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board, a committee
thereof or the stockholders.  Common or interested directors may be counted in
determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or
of a committee that authorizes the contract or transaction.

          Section 6.6. FORM OF RECORDS.  Any records maintained by the
Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger,
books of account and minute books, may be kept on, or be in the form of, punch
cards, magnetic tape, photographs, microphotographs or any other information
storage device, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly
legible form within a reasonable time.  The Corporation shall so convert any
records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect the same.

          Section 6.7. AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS.  These by-laws may be amended or
repealed, and new by-laws adopted, by the Board of Directors, but the
stockholders entitled to vote may adopt additional by-laws and may amend or
repeal any by-law whether or not adopted by them.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                                     OFFICES

          Section 7.1. REGISTERED OFFICE.  The registered office of the
Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be at 1209 Orange Street, City of
Wilmington, County of New Castle, and the registered agent in charge thereof
shall be The Corporation Trust Company.

          Section 7.2. OTHER OFFICES.  The Corporation may also have an office
or offices at other places within or without the State of Delaware.


                                      -12-




<PAGE>


                   CROSS-COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS:  SUBSIDIARIES




                    1.  Westgate Chevrolet, Inc.
                         State of Incorporation:  Texas

                    2.  Plains Chevrolet, Inc.
                         State of Incorporation:  Texas

                    3.  Midway Chevrolet, Inc.
                         State of Incorporation:  Texas

                    4.  Quality Nissan, Inc.
                         State of Incorporation:  Texas

                    5.  Performance Nissan, Inc.
                         State of Incorporation:  Oklahoma

                    6.  Performance Dodge, Inc.
                         State of Incorporation:  Oklahoma

                    7.  Allied 2000 Collision Center, Inc.
                         State of Incorporation:  Texas

                    8.  Working Man's Credit Plan, Inc.
                         State of Incorporation:  Texas

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
 
                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
    We  hereby consent to  the use in  the Prospectus constituting  part of this
Registration Statement on Form S-1 of  our report dated June 20, 1996,  relating
to the financial statements of Cross-Country Auto Retailers, Inc., which appears
in  such  Prospectus.  We also  hereby  consent  to the  use  in  the Prospectus
constituting part of this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated
June 4, 1996, relating  to the financial statements  of Jim Glover Dodge,  Inc.,
which  appears in such Prospectus. We also  consent to the reference to us under
the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.
 
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
 
Forth Worth, Texas
June 21, 1995

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1000
       
<S>                             <C>                     <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR                    3-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1995             DEC-31-1996     
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1995             MAR-31-1996
<CASH>                                           8,362                  10,326
<SECURITIES>                                         0                       0
<RECEIVABLES>                                    9,518                  10,432
<ALLOWANCES>                                       135                     135
<INVENTORY>                                     43,731                  36,092
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                61,476                  56,715
<PP&E>                                          16,729                  17,048
<DEPRECIATION>                                   4,622                   4,873
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  83,407                  78,539
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           60,940                  55,120
<BONDS>                                              0                       0
                                0                       0
                                          0                       0
<COMMON>                                             0                       0
<OTHER-SE>                                       7,101                   8,656
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                    83,407                  78,539
<SALES>                                        212,984                  64,009
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               236,194                  71,229
<CGS>                                          198,702                  59,896
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  198,702                  59,896
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                33,987                   8,865
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0                       0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0                       0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  3,505                   2,468
<INCOME-TAX>                                     1,310                     913
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              2,195                   1,555
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0                       0
<CHANGES>                                            0                       0
<NET-INCOME>                                     2,195                   1,555
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        0                       0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0                       0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission